blob: c8e6152c2e7fec7eebf2fac840ae6d21d2dc6376 [file] [log] [blame]
Lennart Poetteringd657c512012-01-25 02:20:38 +01001systemd System and Service Manager
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01002
Lennart Poetteringfcb97512018-07-25 20:36:11 +02003CHANGES WITH 240 in spe:
4
5 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
6 Type=simple and ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
7 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
8 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
9 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
10 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
11 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
12 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would
13 typically succeed instantly, as only fork() has to complete
14 successfully and execve() is not waited for, and hence its failure is
15 seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type starting the
16 unit will fail, as the execve() will be waited for and will fail,
17 which is then propagated back to the start job.
18
19 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
20 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
21 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
22 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
23 block on NSS calls (such as user name lookups due to User=) done
24 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
25 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
26 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
27 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
28 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
29
Lennart Poettering0972c1a2018-10-02 09:21:45 +020030 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
31 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
32 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
33 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
34 systemd passes on is increased to 256K, overriding the kernel's
35 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
36 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
37 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
38 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
39 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
40 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
41 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
42 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
43 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
44 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
45 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
46 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
47 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
48 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
49 high file descriptors explicitly by setting their soft limit to the
50 hard limit during initialization. Of course, when doing that they
51 must do this acknowledging the fact that they cannot use select()
52 anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or any shared
53 library used by any shared library they use and so on).
54
Lennart Poetteringe8498f82018-06-22 12:57:54 +020055CHANGES WITH 239:
Stuart Hayes019cb3a2018-02-14 15:44:47 -050056
57 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd69f5282018-06-14 09:18:02 +020058 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
59 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
60 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
61 a slot number associated.
62
63 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
64 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
65 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
66 independent.
67
68 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
69 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
70 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
71
72 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
73 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
74 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
75 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
Stuart Hayes019cb3a2018-02-14 15:44:47 -050076
Yu Watanabe6e2d7442018-05-24 13:18:28 +090077 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
78 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
Lennart Poetteringfe903cf2018-06-12 15:18:50 +020079 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
80 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
81 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
82 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
83 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
84 e.g. NIS.
Yu Watanabe6e2d7442018-05-24 13:18:28 +090085
Lennart Poetteringfe903cf2018-06-12 15:18:50 +020086 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
87 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
88 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
89 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
90 may be necessary to update the file.
Yu Watanabee0eee472018-05-29 15:11:35 +090091
Lennart Poettering1fc83d02018-06-01 19:13:38 +020092 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
93 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
94 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
95 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
96 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
97 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
98 documentation.
99
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200100 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
101 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
102 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200103 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
104 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
105 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
106 them.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200107
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekce55bd52018-06-05 14:25:43 +0200108 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
109 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
Lennart Poetteringfe903cf2018-06-12 15:18:50 +0200110 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
111 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
112 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekce55bd52018-06-05 14:25:43 +0200113
Lennart Poetteringe01d9e22018-04-19 16:51:04 +0200114 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
115 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
116 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
117 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
118 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
119 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
120 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
121 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
122
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200123 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
124 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
125 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
126 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200127 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
128
Iwan Timmerc9299be2018-06-13 20:26:24 +0200129 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
130 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
Lennart Poetteringc086ce82018-06-12 20:50:15 +0200131 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
132 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
133 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
134
Yu Watanabe73c718a2018-06-13 14:52:57 +0900135 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
136 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
Lennart Poetteringabc291a2018-07-04 15:27:29 +0200137 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
138
139 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
140 that embedd a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
141 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
142 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
143 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
144 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
145 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
146 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
147 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
148 systemd-resolved.service will result in a host name lookup for which
149 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
150 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
151 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
152 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
153 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
154 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
155 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
156 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
157 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
158 from.
Yu Watanabe73c718a2018-06-13 14:52:57 +0900159
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200160 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
161 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
162 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200163 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
164
Lennart Poettering75da2622018-06-12 15:19:54 +0200165 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
166 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200167 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
168 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200169
170 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
171 where the system initially suspends, and after a time-out resumes and
172 hibernates again.
173
174 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
175 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
176
177 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
178 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
179 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
180
181 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
182 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
183 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
184 was not configurable and set to 512.
185
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200186 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
187 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
188 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
189 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
190 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
191 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
192 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
193 in particular su and sudo.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200194
195 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
196 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
Michael Bieblbc99dac2018-06-12 15:41:38 +0200197 synchronization has been received from the network. This
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200198 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
199 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
200 services.
201
202 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
203 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
204 files should work for hibernation now.
205
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200206 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
207 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200208 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
209 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
210 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
211 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
212 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
213 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200214 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
215 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200216 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200217 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
218 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
219 name following the last dash.
220
221 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek88099352018-06-21 00:08:36 +0200222 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200223 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek88099352018-06-21 00:08:36 +0200224 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
225 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200226
227 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
228 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
229 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200230 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
231 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
232 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200233
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekc7f93e22018-06-12 14:06:47 +0200234 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
235 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
Lennart Poetteringba1dc1a2018-06-12 15:20:05 +0200236 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
237 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekc7f93e22018-06-12 14:06:47 +0200238
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200239 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
240 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
241 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200242 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
243 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200244
245 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
246 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
247 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
248 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
249 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
250 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
251 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
252 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
253 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200254 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
255 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
256 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200257 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
258
259 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
260 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
261 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
262 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
263 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
264 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
265 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
266 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
267 settings.
268
269 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
270 expiration feature, if it is available.
271
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200272 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
273 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
274 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
275
276 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
277 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200278
279 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
280
281 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
282 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
283
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200284 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200285 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
286 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
287 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
288 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
289 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200290 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
291 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200292 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
293 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
294 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
295
Yu Watanabe704ae532018-06-21 10:51:35 +0900296 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
297 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
298 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
299 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200300
301 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
302 about its state.
303
Yu Watanabe73c718a2018-06-13 14:52:57 +0900304 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
305 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
306 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
307 "timedatectl set-ntp".
308
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200309 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
310 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200311 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200312 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
313 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
314 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
315 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
316 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
317 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200318 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200319 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
320
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200321 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200322 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
323
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200324 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200325 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200326 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
327 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200328 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
329 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
330
331 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
332 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
333 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
334 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
335 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
336 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
337 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
338
339 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
340 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekc7f93e22018-06-12 14:06:47 +0200341 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
342 shown.)
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200343
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200344 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
345 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
346 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
347 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
348 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
349 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
350 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
351 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
352 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
353
354 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
355 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
356 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
357
358 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
359 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekc7f93e22018-06-12 14:06:47 +0200360 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
361 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
362 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
363 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
364 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
365 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200366
367 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
368
369 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200370 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200371 automatically when the system clock changed.)
372
373 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
374 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
375
killermoehrea8a27372018-09-13 13:53:03 +0200376 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
377 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
378 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200379
Lennart Poetteringd6906102018-06-20 11:54:25 +0200380 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
381
killermoehrea8a27372018-09-13 13:53:03 +0200382 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
Lennart Poetteringd6906102018-06-20 11:54:25 +0200383
384 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
385 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
386
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200387 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
388 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
389 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
390 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
391 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
392 external user databases.
393
394 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
395 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
396 refused due to the enforced limits.
397
398 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
399 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
400 manages.
401
Lennart Poetteringc49a7cb2018-06-12 16:26:36 +0200402 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
403 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
404 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
405 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
406 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
407 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
408 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
409 wher this is now used by default.
410
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek57ab4512018-06-20 22:35:36 +0200411 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
412 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
413
Lennart Poetteringc7668c12018-06-20 12:46:18 +0200414 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
415 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
416 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
417 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
418 update process in a generic way.
419
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200420 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
Lennart Poetteringec53d482018-06-12 15:18:25 +0200421 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
Lennart Poetteringbb6f0712018-06-20 11:06:17 +0200422 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
423 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
424 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
425 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
426 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
427 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
428 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
429 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
430 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
431 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
432 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
433 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
434 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
435 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
436 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
437 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
438 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
439 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
440 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
441 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
Lennart Poettering61d00252018-06-14 15:22:45 +0200442 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
Lennart Poetteringbb6f0712018-06-20 11:06:17 +0200443 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
444 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
445 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
446 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
447 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
448 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200449
Lennart Poetteringe8498f82018-06-22 12:57:54 +0200450 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200451
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekc657bff2018-03-05 17:13:38 +0100452CHANGES WITH 238:
Lennart Poetteringe0c46a72018-02-09 19:59:53 +0100453
454 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
455 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
456 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
457 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek444d5862018-02-15 11:43:08 +0100458 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
459 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
460 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
461 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
462 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
Tomasz Torcz07a35e82018-03-06 09:35:47 +0100463 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek444d5862018-02-15 11:43:08 +0100464 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
465 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
466 to revert this change.
Lennart Poetteringe0c46a72018-02-09 19:59:53 +0100467
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek313c32c2018-03-05 10:25:17 +0100468 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
469 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
470 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
471 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
472 once at the end of the transaction.
473
474 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
475 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
476 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
477 scripts.
478
479 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
480 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
481 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
482 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
483 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
484 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
485 still allowing local admin overrides.
486
Tomasz Torcz07a35e82018-03-06 09:35:47 +0100487 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek313c32c2018-03-05 10:25:17 +0100488 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
489 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
490
491 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
Tomasz Torcz07a35e82018-03-06 09:35:47 +0100492 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek313c32c2018-03-05 10:25:17 +0100493 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
494 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
495 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
496
497 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
498 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
499 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
500 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
501 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
502 from package installation scripts.
503
504 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
505 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
506 without the user number ("u username -:456").
507
508 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
509 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
510
511 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
512 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
513 /sbin/nologin for other users).
514
515 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
516 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
517 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
518 --systemd, --user, or --global).
519
520 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
521 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
522 which are triggered meanwhile).
523
524 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
525 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
526 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
527 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
528 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
529
530 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
531 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
532 rotated very quickly.
533
534 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
535 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
536 pending bus messages.
537
538 * systemd gained a new
539 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
540 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
541 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
542 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
543 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
544 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
545 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
546 again in pure cgroups v2 environments when invoked from the user
547 session scope.
548
549 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
550 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
551 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
552 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
553 the tree to be accessed.
554
555 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
556 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
557 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
558
559 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
560 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
561 to keys in the main keyring.
562
563 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
564
565 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
566 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
567
568 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
569
570 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
571 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
572 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
573 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
574 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
575 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
576 explicitly.
577
578 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
579 the colour of "OK" status messages.
580
581 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
582 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
583 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
584 be restarted.
585
586 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
587 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
588
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekc657bff2018-03-05 17:13:38 +0100589 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
590 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
591 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
592 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
593 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
594 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
595 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
596 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
597 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
598 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
599 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
600 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
601 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
602 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
603 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
604 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
605
606 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
607
Lennart Poettering82c8e3e2018-01-28 16:36:03 +0100608CHANGES WITH 237:
Martin Pitt2b0c59b2018-01-22 21:17:08 +0100609
610 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
611 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
612 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
613 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
614
Lennart Poettering49e87292018-01-24 10:54:10 +0100615 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
616 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
617 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
618 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
619 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
620 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
621 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek15c55942018-09-12 16:11:15 +0200622 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
623 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
624 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
Lennart Poettering49e87292018-01-24 10:54:10 +0100625
Lennart Poettering82c8e3e2018-01-28 16:36:03 +0100626 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
627 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
628 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
629 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
630 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
631 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
632 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
633 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
634 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
635 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
636
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +0100637 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
638 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
639 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
640 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
641 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
642 now provides explicit control.
643
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1a0cd2c2018-01-28 16:52:47 +0100644 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
645 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +0100646 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
647 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
648 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1a0cd2c2018-01-28 16:52:47 +0100649 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
650 unit types that already supported transient operation.
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +0100651
652 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
653 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
654 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
655
656 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
657 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
658
659 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
660 .network files all gained support for a new condition
661 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
662 versions.
663
664 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
Clinton Roy6cddc792018-01-26 21:44:11 +1100665 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +0100666 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
667 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
668 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
669 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
670 understands RapidCommit=.
671
672 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
673 Delegation.
674
675 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
676 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
677 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
678 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
679 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
680 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
681 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
682 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
683 --watch-bind= command line switch.
684
685 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
686 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
687 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
688 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
689 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
690 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
691 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
692 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersencaf2a2d2018-01-28 00:05:27 +0100693 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +0100694 "Disconnected" signals).
695
696 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
697 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
698 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
699 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
700 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
701 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
702 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
703 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
704 round-trips are removed.
705
706 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
707 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
708 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
709 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
710
711 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
712 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
713 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
714 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
715 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
716 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
717
718 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
719 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
720 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
721 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
Clinton Roy6cddc792018-01-26 21:44:11 +1100722 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
723 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +0100724 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
725 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
726 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
727 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
728
729 * sd-event gained a new call pair
Clinton Roy6cddc792018-01-26 21:44:11 +1100730 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
731 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +0100732 when the event source is destroyed.
733
734 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
735 connections.
736
Clinton Roy6cddc792018-01-26 21:44:11 +1100737 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
738 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
739 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +0100740 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
741 new transitional flag file has been added: if
742 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
743 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
744
745 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
746 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
747 manager.
748
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek31751f72018-01-28 16:54:18 +0100749 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke6501af2018-01-28 15:52:06 +0100750 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
751 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
752 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
753 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
754
bleep_blop56a29112018-01-27 22:03:52 +0530755 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
Lennart Poettering508058c2018-01-28 13:28:58 +0100756 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
bleep_blop56a29112018-01-27 22:03:52 +0530757 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
Lennart Poettering508058c2018-01-28 13:28:58 +0100758 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
759 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
bleep_blop56a29112018-01-27 22:03:52 +0530760 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
Lennart Poettering508058c2018-01-28 13:28:58 +0100761
762 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
Michael Bieblbc99dac2018-06-12 15:41:38 +0200763 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
Lennart Poettering508058c2018-01-28 13:28:58 +0100764 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
765 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
766 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
bleep_blop56a29112018-01-27 22:03:52 +0530767 level/target is given as an argument.
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +0100768
Lennart Poettering508058c2018-01-28 13:28:58 +0100769 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
770 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
771 where UID and GID do not match.
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +0100772
Lennart Poettering508058c2018-01-28 13:28:58 +0100773 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
774 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
775 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
776 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
777 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
778 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
779 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
780 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
781 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
782 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
783 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
784 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
785 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
786 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
787 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
788 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
789 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
790 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
791 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
792 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
793 Палаузов
794
795 — Brno, 2018-01-28
Martin Pitt2b0c59b2018-01-22 21:17:08 +0100796
Lennart Poetteringa1b2c922017-12-14 23:09:57 +0100797CHANGES WITH 236:
Mantas Mikulėnas195b9432017-10-23 23:56:01 +0300798
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100799 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
800 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
801 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
802 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
Mantas Mikulėnas195b9432017-10-23 23:56:01 +0300803
Lennart Poettering39254962017-12-08 22:25:49 +0100804 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
805 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
806 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
807 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
808 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
809 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
810 valid specifiers today.)
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek751223f2017-11-24 12:19:40 +0100811
Dimitri John Ledkove6b2d942017-10-24 09:28:41 -0400812 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100813 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
814 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
815 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
816 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
817 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
Dimitri John Ledkove6b2d942017-10-24 09:28:41 -0400818
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100819 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
820 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
821 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
822 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
823
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100824 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
825 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
826 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
827 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
828 services are resolved properly.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100829
Lennart Poettering39254962017-12-08 22:25:49 +0100830 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
831 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
832 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
833 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
834 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
835 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
836 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
837 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
838 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
839 and btrfs.
840
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100841 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
842 DNS server and domain information.
843
844 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
845 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
846 runtime.
847
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100848 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100849 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
850 empty for the first time.
851
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek8ea2dcb2017-12-07 21:03:32 +0100852 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
853 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
854 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
855 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
856 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
857 running in the user session.
858
859 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
860 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
861 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
862 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
863 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
864 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100865 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek8ea2dcb2017-12-07 21:03:32 +0100866 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100867 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
868 user instance).
869
870 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
871 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
872
873 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100874 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
875 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
876 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100877
878 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100879 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100880
881 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
882 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
883 sleep verbs.
884
Yu Watanabee9ad86d2017-12-01 04:48:57 +0900885 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100886
887 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100888 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100889
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100890 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100891
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100892 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
893 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
894 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100895
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100896 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
897 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
898 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
899 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
900 instance.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100901
902 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
903 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
904 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
905
906 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
907 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
908 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
909
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100910 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100911
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100912 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
913 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
914 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
915 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
916 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
917 processes.
918
919 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
920 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
921 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
922 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
923
924 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
925 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
926 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100927
928 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
929 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
930 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
931 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100932 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100933
934 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
935 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
936
937 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
938 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
939 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
940 time the specified expression would elapse.
941
942 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100943 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
944 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
945 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
946 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
947 types, not just services.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100948
949 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
Christian Hessedd014ee2017-12-06 23:49:01 +0100950 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100951 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
952 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
953
954 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
955 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
956 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
957 interface for this purpose.
958
959 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
960 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
961 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
962 anyway.
963
Lennart Poetteringf09eb762018-02-26 11:48:46 +0100964 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
965 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
Lennart Poettering39254962017-12-08 22:25:49 +0100966 requirements of systemd.
967
968 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
969 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
970 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
971
972 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
973 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
974 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
975 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
976
Daniel Blacka3274312017-12-14 22:17:43 +1100977 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
978 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
979 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
980 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
981
Lennart Poetteringea2a3c92017-12-13 18:27:59 +0100982 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
983 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
984
Lennart Poetteringa1b2c922017-12-14 23:09:57 +0100985 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
986 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
987 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
988 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
989 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
990 managing software supports (such as pppd).
991
992 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
993 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
994 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
995
Lennart Poettering39254962017-12-08 22:25:49 +0100996 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
997 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
998 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
Lennart Poetteringea2a3c92017-12-13 18:27:59 +0100999 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
Lennart Poetteringa1b2c922017-12-14 23:09:57 +01001000 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
1001 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
1002 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
1003 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
1004 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
1005 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
1006 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
1007 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
1008 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
1009 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
1010 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
1011 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
1012 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
1013 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
1014 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
1015 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
1016 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
1017 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1018 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +01001019
Lennart Poetteringea2a3c92017-12-13 18:27:59 +01001020 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
Tom Stellard3754abc2017-11-08 08:35:23 -08001021
Dimitri John Ledkov582faeb2017-08-02 13:41:18 +01001022CHANGES WITH 235:
1023
Lennart Poettering2bcbffd2017-11-16 03:57:32 +01001024 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
1025 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
1026 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
1027 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
Shawn Landden23d37362017-11-20 18:05:57 -08001028 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
Lennart Poettering2bcbffd2017-11-16 03:57:32 +01001029 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
1030 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
1031 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
1032 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
1033 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
1034 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
1035 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
1036 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
1037 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
1038 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
1039 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
1040 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
1041 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
1042 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
1043 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
1044 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
1045 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
1046 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
1047 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
1048 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
1049 IPAddressDeny= see below.
1050
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001051 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
1052 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
1053 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
1054 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
1055 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
1056 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
1057 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
1058 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
Dimitri John Ledkov582faeb2017-08-02 13:41:18 +01001059
Lucas Werkmeisteref5a8cb2017-09-07 23:41:20 +02001060 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001061 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
1062 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
1063 used to change those values.
Lucas Werkmeisteref5a8cb2017-09-07 23:41:20 +02001064
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001065 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
1066 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001067 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
1068 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
1069 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
1070 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001071
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001072 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
1073 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
1074 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
1075 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001076
1077 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
1078 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
1079 one top-level directory.
1080
1081 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
1082 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
1083 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001084 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001085 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
1086 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
1087 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
1088 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
1089 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
1090 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
1091 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
Lennart Poettering75dfbba2017-10-05 17:23:17 +02001092 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
1093 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
1094 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
1095 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001096
1097 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
1098 Meson-only.
1099
1100 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
1101 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
1102 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
1103 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
1104 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
1105 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
1106 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
1107 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
1108 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
1109 acceptable to us.
1110
1111 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
1112 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
1113 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
1114 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
1115 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
1116 requested at build time.
1117
1118 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
1119 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
1120 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
1121 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
1122 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
1123 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
1124 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
1125 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
1126 Type= setting which permits configuring
1127 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
1128
1129 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
1130 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
1131 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
1132 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
1133 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
1134 local frames between bridge ports.
1135
1136 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
1137 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
1138 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
1139
1140 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001141 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001142
1143 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001144 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
1145 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001146 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
1147
1148 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
1149 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
1150 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001151 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
1152 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
1153 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
1154 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001155 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
1156
1157 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
1158 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
1159 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
1160 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
1161 command.)
1162
1163 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
1164 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
1165 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
1166
Lennart Poettering44898c52017-09-30 14:34:50 +02001167 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
1168 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001169 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
1170 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
1171
1172 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
1173 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
1174 configured, except for the credentials applied by
1175 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
1176 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
1177 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
1178 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
1179 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
1180 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
1181 on systems where this is not supported.
1182
1183 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
1184 sockets.
1185
1186 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
1187 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
1188 during runtime.
1189
1190 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
1191 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001192 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001193
1194 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
1195 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
1196 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
1197
1198 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
1199 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001200 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
1201 Following this logic, two new special targets
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001202 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001203 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
1204 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001205
1206 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001207 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
1208 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001209 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
1210
1211 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
1212 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
1213 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
1214 --wait".
1215
1216 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
1217 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
1218 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
1219 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
1220 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
1221 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
1222 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
1223 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
1224 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
1225
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001226 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek608f70e2017-10-05 15:41:33 +02001227 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001228 containing information about the consumed resources of this
1229 invocation.
1230
1231 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
1232 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
1233 processes.
1234
Lennart Poetteringe06fafb2017-10-02 16:30:01 +02001235 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
1236 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
1237 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001238 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
1239 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
Lennart Poetteringe06fafb2017-10-02 16:30:01 +02001240 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
1241 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
1242 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
1243 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
1244 systems for all five operations.
1245
1246 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
1247 the system.
1248
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001249 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
1250 than UTC or the local timezone.
1251
Lennart Poetteringf6e64b72017-10-04 21:44:29 +02001252 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001253 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
1254 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
1255 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
1256 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
1257 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
1258 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
1259 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
Lennart Poetteringf6e64b72017-10-04 21:44:29 +02001260
Lennart Poetteringd55b0462017-09-29 21:19:54 +02001261 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
1262 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
1263 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
1264 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
Lennart Poetteringcf844842017-10-05 16:53:32 +02001265 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
1266 again.
1267
1268 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
1269 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
1270 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
Lennart Poetteringd55b0462017-09-29 21:19:54 +02001271
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001272 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
1273 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
Lennart Poettering76451c12017-10-05 17:38:40 +02001274 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
1275 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
1276 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
1277 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
1278 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
1279 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
1280 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
1281 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
1282 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
1283 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
1284 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
1285 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
1286 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
1287 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
1288 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
1289 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
1290 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
1291 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001292
Lennart Poetteringc1719d82017-10-06 10:18:04 +02001293 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001294
Lennart Poettering4b4da292017-06-27 23:06:55 +02001295CHANGES WITH 234:
1296
1297 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
1298 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
1299 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
1300 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
1301 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
1302 summary:
1303
1304 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
1305
1306 becomes:
1307
1308 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
1309
1310 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
1311 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
1312 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
1313 .device units.
1314
1315 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
1316 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
1317 running a systemd user instance.
1318
1319 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
1320 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
1321 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
1322 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
1323 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
1324 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
1325
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek9f09a952017-06-30 13:36:42 -04001326 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
Lennart Poettering4b4da292017-06-27 23:06:55 +02001327
1328 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
1329 (domain search list).
1330
1331 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
Michael Bieblbc99dac2018-06-12 15:41:38 +02001332 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
Lennart Poettering4b4da292017-06-27 23:06:55 +02001333 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
1334 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
1335 implementation of RA.
1336
1337 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
1338 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
1339 ISO date values.
1340
1341 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
1342 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
1343 devices.
1344
1345 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
1346 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
1347 option.
1348
1349 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek7f7ab222017-07-12 03:25:59 -04001350 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
1351 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
1352 default yet.
Lennart Poettering4b4da292017-06-27 23:06:55 +02001353
1354 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
1355 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
1356 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
1357 SHA256SUMS files.
1358
1359 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
1360 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
1361
1362 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
1363
1364 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
1365
1366 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
1367 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5486a312017-05-12 08:31:46 -04001368
1369 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
1370 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
1371 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
1372 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
1373
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek9f09a952017-06-30 13:36:42 -04001374 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
1375 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
Thomas H. P. Andersen38d93382017-07-03 23:35:05 +02001376 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek9f09a952017-06-30 13:36:42 -04001377 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
1378 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
1379 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
1380 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
1381 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
1382 systemd-logind to be safe. See
1383 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
1384
Yu Watanabe9d8813b2017-05-30 22:45:10 +09001385 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
1386 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
1387 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
1388 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
Thomas H. P. Andersen38d93382017-07-03 23:35:05 +02001389 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
Yu Watanabe9d8813b2017-05-30 22:45:10 +09001390 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
1391
Lennart Poettering184d2c12017-07-03 11:19:20 +02001392 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
Lennart Poetteringac172e52017-07-11 19:17:58 +02001393 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
1394 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
1395 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
1396 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
Lennart Poettering184d2c12017-07-03 11:19:20 +02001397 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
1398 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
1399 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1400 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
Lennart Poetteringac172e52017-07-11 19:17:58 +02001401 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
1402 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
1403 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
1404 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
1405 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
1406 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
1407 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
1408 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
1409 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
1410 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
1411 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
1412 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
1413 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
1414 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
1415 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
1416 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
Lennart Poettering184d2c12017-07-03 11:19:20 +02001417 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
1418 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
Lennart Poetteringac172e52017-07-11 19:17:58 +02001419 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
1420 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
1421 Георгиевски
Lennart Poettering4b4da292017-06-27 23:06:55 +02001422
Lennart Poetteringac172e52017-07-11 19:17:58 +02001423 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
Lennart Poettering4b4da292017-06-27 23:06:55 +02001424
Lennart Poetteringa2b53442017-03-01 17:21:29 +01001425CHANGES WITH 233:
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001426
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001427 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
1428 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
1429 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
1430 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
1431 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
1432 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
1433 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
1434 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
1435 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
1436
1437 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
1438 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
1439 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
1440 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
1441 default selected on the configure command line
1442 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
1443 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
1444 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
1445 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
1446 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
1447 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
1448 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
1449 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
1450 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
1451 greatest stability and compatibility only.
1452
1453 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
1454 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
1455 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
1456 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
1457 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
1458 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
1459 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
1460 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
1461 further details about this.)
1462
Mike Gilbertfb7c4ef2016-12-30 08:52:36 -05001463 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
1464 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
1465 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
1466
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001467 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
1468 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
1469
Lennart Poetteringd60c5272017-03-01 22:43:06 +01001470 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4dfe64f2017-03-01 16:29:38 -05001471 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
1472 with 'make install-tests'.
1473
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001474 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
1475 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
1476 kernel.
1477
1478 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
1479 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
1480 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
1481 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
1482 by the Slice= option.
1483
Lennart Poettering5cfc0a82016-12-12 13:40:58 +01001484 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
1485 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
1486 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
1487 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
1488
Franck Bui2bcc3302016-11-13 09:32:52 +01001489 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
1490 following choices:
1491
Franck Buib0eb2942016-11-15 09:29:04 +01001492 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
Franck Buidd6f9ac2016-11-12 15:08:29 +01001493 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
Franck Bui2bcc3302016-11-13 09:32:52 +01001494 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
Franck Buid172b172016-11-07 17:14:59 +01001495 (h)elp
Franck Buieedf2232016-11-12 14:55:12 +01001496 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
Franck Bui56fde332016-11-13 16:28:04 +01001497 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
Franck Bui2bcc3302016-11-13 09:32:52 +01001498 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
1499 (y)es, execute the command
1500
1501 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
1502 because its meaning was confusing.
1503
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001504 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
1505 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
1506
Jouke Witteveen8e458bf2016-11-28 18:54:37 +01001507 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
1508 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
1509 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
1510
Lennart Poettering85266f92017-02-21 21:00:09 +01001511 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
1512 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
1513 state directly, without executing these commands.
1514
Martin Pittbaf32782017-02-21 15:41:44 +01001515 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
1516 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001517 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
Dmitry Rozhkovfa8b4492017-01-18 17:27:40 +02001518
Lennart Poettering631b6762016-11-24 18:47:48 +01001519 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
1520 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
1521 combination with After=) have been started.
1522
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001523 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
1524 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001525 setting, and which system calls they contain.
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001526
1527 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001528 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001529 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001530 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001531 configuration related calls.
1532
1533 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
1534 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
1535 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001536 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
1537 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
1538 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
1539 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001540
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001541 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
1542 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001543
1544 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
1545 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
1546 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
1547
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001548 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
1549 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
1550
1551 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
1552 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
1553 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
1554 for compatibility.
1555
1556 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
1557 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
1558
1559 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
1560 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
1561
1562 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
1563 support for negative matching.
1564
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001565 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
1566
1567 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
1568 permitted runtime of the mount command.
1569
1570 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
1571 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
1572 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
1573 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
1574 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
1575 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
1576 removed from the drive.
1577
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001578 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
1579 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001580
1581 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
1582 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
1583
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001584 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
1585 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
1586 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001587
1588 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
1589 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
1590 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
1591 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
Martin Pittbaf32782017-02-21 15:41:44 +01001592 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
1593 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
1594 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001595
1596 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
1597 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
1598 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001599 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001600 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
1601 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
1602
1603 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
1604 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
1605
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001606 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
1607 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001608 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
Martin Pittbaf32782017-02-21 15:41:44 +01001609 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001610 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
1611 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
1612 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
1613 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
1614
1615 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
1616 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
1617 including all control processes.
1618
1619 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
1620 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
1621 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
1622
1623 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
1624 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
1625 prefixing the source path with "+".
1626
1627 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
1628 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
1629 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
1630 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
1631 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
1632 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
1633 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
1634 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
1635
Martin Pittbaf32782017-02-21 15:41:44 +01001636 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
1637 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
1638 before).
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001639
1640 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
1641 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
1642 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
1643 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
1644 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
1645 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
1646 the new --root-hash= command line option).
1647
1648 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
1649 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
1650 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
1651 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
1652 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
1653 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
1654 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
Thomas H. P. Andersen3b31c462017-02-25 15:19:26 +01001655 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001656 versions.
1657
1658 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
Martin Pittbaf32782017-02-21 15:41:44 +01001659 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001660 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
1661 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
1662 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
1663 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
1664 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
1665 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
1666 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
1667 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
1668 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
1669 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
1670 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
1671 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
1672 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
1673 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
1674 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
1675 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
1676 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
1677 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
1678 a Verity-enabled root partition.
1679
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001680 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
1681 accelerometer quirks.
1682
1683 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
1684 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
1685 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
1686 ID of each service.
1687
1688 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
1689 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
1690 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
1691 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
1692 view.
1693
1694 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
1695 environment variables:
1696
killermoehrea8a27372018-09-13 13:53:03 +02001697 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001698
1699 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
1700 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
1701 address.
1702
1703 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
1704 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
1705 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
1706
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001707 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001708 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
1709 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
1710 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
1711 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001712 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001713 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
1714 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001715 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
1716 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
1717 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
1718 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001719 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001720
1721 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
1722 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
1723 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
1724
1725 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
1726 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
1727
1728 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
1729 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
1730 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
1731 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001732 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001733
1734 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
1735 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
1736 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
1737
1738 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
1739 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
1740
1741 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
1742 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
1743 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
1744 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
1745
1746 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
1747 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
1748 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
1749 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
1750 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
1751 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
1752 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
1753 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
1754 possibly even including full integrity data.
1755
1756 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
Martin Pittbaf32782017-02-21 15:41:44 +01001757 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001758 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
1759 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
1760 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
1761
1762 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
1763 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
1764 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
1765 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
1766 directly with systemd-nspawn.
1767
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001768 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001769 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001770 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
1771 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
1772
Lucas Werkmeisterc1ec34d2017-03-02 01:08:32 +01001773 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001774 of coredumps in reverse order.
1775
Lennart Poetteringa2b53442017-03-01 17:21:29 +01001776 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
1777 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
1778 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
1779 additional informational message in its output.
1780
1781 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
1782 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
1783 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
1784
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001785 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
1786 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
1787 scripting languages such as Python.
1788
1789 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
1790 namespacing is enabled for them.
1791
1792 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
1793 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
1794 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
1795 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
1796 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
1797 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
1798
1799 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
1800 root key (KSK).
1801
Lennart Poetteringa2b53442017-03-01 17:21:29 +01001802 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
1803 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
1804 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
1805
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001806 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
1807 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
1808 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
1809 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
1810 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
1811 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
1812 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
1813 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
1814 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
Lennart Poetteringa2b53442017-03-01 17:21:29 +01001815 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
1816 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
1817 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
1818 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
1819 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
1820 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
1821 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
1822 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
1823 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
1824 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
1825 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
1826 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
1827 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
1828 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
1829 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
1830 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
1831 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
1832 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
1833 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
1834 Тихонов
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001835
Lennart Poetteringa2b53442017-03-01 17:21:29 +01001836 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001837
Lennart Poettering54b24592016-11-03 08:56:26 -06001838CHANGES WITH 232:
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek76153ad2016-07-26 02:19:33 -04001839
Lennart Poettering05f426d2017-02-22 01:36:12 +01001840 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
1841 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
1842 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
1843 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
1844 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
1845 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
1846
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001847 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
1848 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
1849
Djalal Harouni6fa44112016-10-21 13:25:23 +02001850 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
Lennart Poettering4c379702016-10-24 20:06:03 +02001851 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
1852 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
Djalal Harouni6fa44112016-10-21 13:25:23 +02001853
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02001854 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
1855 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
1856 to be remounted read-only for a service.
1857
Djalal Harounie49e2c22016-10-22 00:43:36 +02001858 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02001859 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
1860 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
1861 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
1862
Djalal Harouni6fa44112016-10-21 13:25:23 +02001863 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02001864 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
1865
1866 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
1867 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
1868 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
1869
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001870 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
1871 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
1872 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
1873 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
1874 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
1875 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
1876 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02001877 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
1878 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
1879 permanent modifications to the system.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001880
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001881 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001882 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001883 container or chroot environments.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001884
1885 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001886 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
1887 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
1888 mapped to nobody.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001889
1890 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
1891 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
1892 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
1893 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
1894
1895 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
1896 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
1897
1898 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
1899 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
1900 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
1901 and the support is provisional.
1902
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001903 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
1904 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
1905 unit files in the file system).
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001906
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001907 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
1908 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
1909 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
1910 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
1911 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
1912 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
1913 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
1914 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
1915 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
1916 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
1917 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
1918 state is fixed automatically.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001919
1920 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
1921 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
1922 option.
1923
1924 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
1925 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
1926 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
1927 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
1928 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
1929 else.
1930
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001931 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
1932 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
1933 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
1934 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
1935 bootable on physical systems.
1936
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02001937 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001938
1939 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
1940 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
1941 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
1942 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
1943 used.
1944
1945 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
Thomas H. P. Andersend4c08292016-10-04 20:41:46 +02001946 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001947 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
1948 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
1949
Elias Probst05ecf462016-10-04 14:37:28 +02001950 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001951
Thomas H. P. Andersend4c08292016-10-04 20:41:46 +02001952 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001953 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
1954 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
1955 of the container).
1956
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001957 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001958 files from the specified location.
1959
1960 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
1961 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
1962 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
1963 be active.
1964
1965 * The hardware database has been extended to support
1966 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
1967 trackball devices.
1968
1969 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
1970 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
1971 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
1972
1973 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001974 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
1975 specified service binary exited.)
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001976
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001977 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02001978 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
1979
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001980 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001981 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001982 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
1983 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
1984 --since= and --until= options.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001985
1986 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
1987 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
1988 are automatically propagated to the container.
1989
1990 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001991 from a single IP address can be limited with
1992 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
1993 MaxConnections=.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001994
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02001995 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
1996 configuration.
1997
1998 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
1999 drop-ins.
2000
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002001 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
2002 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
2003 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
2004 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
2005 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
2006 [Link] section of .link files.
2007
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002008 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
2009 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
2010 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
2011 section of .netdev files.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002012
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002013 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02002014 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
2015 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
2016
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002017 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002018 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
2019 .network files.
2020
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002021 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
2022 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
2023 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
2024 service runtime cycle.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002025
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02002026 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
Lucas Werkmeister1f4f4cf2016-10-04 15:53:16 +02002027 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02002028 has been traditionally doing.
2029
2030 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
2031 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
2032 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
2033 prevent any later plugins from running.
2034
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek76153ad2016-07-26 02:19:33 -04002035 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
Thomas H. P. Andersend4c08292016-10-04 20:41:46 +02002036 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek76153ad2016-07-26 02:19:33 -04002037 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
2038 default of SplitMode=uid.
2039
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02002040 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
2041 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
2042 useful.
2043
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002044 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
2045 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
2046 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
2047 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
2048 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
2049 individual namespaces.
2050
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002051 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
2052 the output, as well as OS release information.
2053
2054 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
2055
2056 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
2057 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
2058 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
2059 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
2060 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
2061
2062 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
Michael Bieblbc99dac2018-06-12 15:41:38 +02002063 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002064 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
2065 severed.
2066
2067 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
2068 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
2069 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
2070 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
2071 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
2072 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
2073 information about exit statuses and results.
2074
Lennart Poettering4c379702016-10-24 20:06:03 +02002075 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
2076 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
2077 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
2078 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
2079 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
2080 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
2081
2082 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
2083
2084 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
2085 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
2086 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
2087 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
2088 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
2089 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
2090 entirely.
2091
2092 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
2093 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
2094 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
2095
2096 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
2097 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
2098 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
2099 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
2100 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
2101 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
2102 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
2103 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
2104 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
2105 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
2106 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
2107 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
2108 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
2109 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
2110 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
2111 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
2112 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
2113
2114 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
2115 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
2116 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
2117 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
2118
2119 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
2120 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
2121 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
2122 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
2123
2124 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
2125 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
2126 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
2127 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
2128 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
2129 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
2130 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
2131 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
2132 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
2133 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
2134 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
2135 fragment entirely.)
2136
2137 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
2138 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
2139 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
2140
2141 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
2142 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
2143 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
2144 FileDescriptorName= setting.
2145
2146 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
2147 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
2148 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
2149 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
2150 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
2151 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
2152
2153 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
2154 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
2155
Lennart Poetteringb4eed562016-11-02 16:02:12 -06002156 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
2157 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
2158
2159 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
2160 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
2161 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
2162 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
2163 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
2164
Lennart Poettering07393b62016-11-02 15:52:57 -06002165 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
2166 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
2167 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
2168 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
2169 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
2170 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
2171 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
2172 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
2173 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
2174 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
2175 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
2176 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
2177 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
2178 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
2179 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
2180 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
2181 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
2182 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
2183 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
2184 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
2185 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
2186 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
2187 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
2188 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
2189 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2190 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
2191
Lennart Poettering54b24592016-11-03 08:56:26 -06002192 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
Lennart Poettering07393b62016-11-02 15:52:57 -06002193
Martin Pitt5cd118b2016-06-22 13:22:47 +02002194CHANGES WITH 231:
2195
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002196 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
2197 with an additional special character as first argument of the
Lennart Poettering43eb1092016-07-25 16:53:33 +02002198 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002199 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
2200 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
2201 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
2202 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
2203 independently.
2204
2205 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
2206 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
2207
2208 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
2209 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
2210 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
2211 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek771de3f2016-07-22 21:40:46 -04002212 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002213 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
2214 values.
2215
2216 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
2217 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
2218 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
2219 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
2220 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
2221
2222 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
2223 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
2224 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
2225 7:10am every day.
2226
2227 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
2228 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
2229 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
2230 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
2231 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
2232 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
2233 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
2234 available for compatibility.
2235
2236 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
2237 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
2238 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
2239 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
2240 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
2241 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
2242
2243 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
2244 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
2245 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
2246 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
2247 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
2248 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
2249 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
2250 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
2251 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
2252
2253 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
2254 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
2255 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
2256 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
Martin Pitt5cd118b2016-06-22 13:22:47 +02002257 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
2258 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
2259 desired options.
2260
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002261 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
2262 cgroupsv2.
Martin Pittceeddf72016-06-24 07:54:28 +02002263
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002264 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
2265 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
2266 limited to subgroups of that group.
2267
2268 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
2269 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
2270 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek771de3f2016-07-22 21:40:46 -04002271 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002272 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
2273 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
2274 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
2275 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
2276
2277 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
2278 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
2279 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
2280 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
2281 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
2282 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
2283 own long-running services.
2284
2285 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
2286 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
2287 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
2288 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
2289
2290 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
2291 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
2292 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
2293 propagates this notification further to the service manager
2294 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
2295 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
2296 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
2297 primitives.
2298
2299 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
2300 "terminate".
2301
2302 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
2303 link-local IPv6 addresses.
2304
2305 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
2306 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
2307 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
2308 --flush-caches".
2309
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek771de3f2016-07-22 21:40:46 -04002310 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002311 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
2312 is shown.
2313
2314 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
2315 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
2316 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek771de3f2016-07-22 21:40:46 -04002317 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002318 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
2319 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
2320
2321 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
2322 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
2323 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
2324 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
2325 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
2326 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
2327 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
2328 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
2329 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
2330 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
2331 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
2332 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
2333 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
2334 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
2335 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
2336 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
2337 bus API instead.
2338
2339 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
2340 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
2341 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
2342 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
2343
2344 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
2345 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
2346 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
2347 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
2348
2349 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
2350 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
2351 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
2352
2353 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
2354 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
2355
2356 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
2357 interface configuration.
2358
2359 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
2360 specifying the --force switch.
2361
2362 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
2363 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
2364 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
2365
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek43a569a2016-07-23 04:11:30 -04002366 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
2367 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
2368 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
2369 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02002370 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek43a569a2016-07-23 04:11:30 -04002371 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
2372 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
2373 to be handled.
2374
2375 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
2376 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
2377
2378 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
2379 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
2380
2381 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
2382 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
2383 of persistent symlinks for that device.
2384
Lennart Poettering0f1da522016-07-25 15:27:10 +02002385 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
2386 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
2387
2388 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
2389 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
2390 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
2391 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
2392 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
2393 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
Yu Watanabeead6bd22018-05-30 01:07:37 +09002394 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1ecbf322016-07-25 10:34:56 -04002395 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
2396 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
2397 library.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek43a569a2016-07-23 04:11:30 -04002398
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002399 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
2400 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
2401 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
2402 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
2403 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
2404 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02002405 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002406 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
2407 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
Lennart Poetteringf09eb762018-02-26 11:48:46 +01002408 doc/HACKING for details.
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002409
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002410 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
2411 distribution's bugtracker.
2412
Lennart Poettering38b383d2016-07-25 21:49:47 +02002413 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
2414 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
2415 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
2416 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
2417 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
2418 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
2419 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
2420 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
2421 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
2422 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
2423 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
2424 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
2425 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
2426 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
2427 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
2428 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek771de3f2016-07-22 21:40:46 -04002429 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
2430 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
Lennart Poettering38b383d2016-07-25 21:49:47 +02002431 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Martin Pitt5cd118b2016-06-22 13:22:47 +02002432
Lennart Poettering38b383d2016-07-25 21:49:47 +02002433 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
Martin Pitt5cd118b2016-06-22 13:22:47 +02002434
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek46e40fa2016-05-21 17:51:13 -04002435CHANGES WITH 230:
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek7f6e8042016-02-11 22:11:33 -05002436
Lennart Poettering61ecb462016-02-15 18:40:02 +01002437 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
2438 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
2439 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
2440 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
2441 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
2442 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
2443 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
2444 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
2445 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
Torstein Husebø96d49012016-02-08 13:27:22 +01002446 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
Lennart Poettering61ecb462016-02-15 18:40:02 +01002447 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
2448 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
2449 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
2450 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
2451 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002452 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
2453 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
2454 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
2455 applications.)
Lennart Poettering61ecb462016-02-15 18:40:02 +01002456
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002457 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002458 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002459 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002460
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek97e55302016-04-09 20:40:45 -04002461 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
2462 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
Thomas H. P. Andersen977f2be2016-05-07 23:52:31 +02002463 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002464 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
2465 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
2466 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
2467 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek97e55302016-04-09 20:40:45 -04002468
2469 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
2470 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
2471 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002472 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek8951eae2016-05-07 11:43:39 -04002473 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002474 command works for tmux.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek97e55302016-04-09 20:40:45 -04002475
2476 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
2477 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
2478 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek152199f2016-04-12 22:52:28 -04002479 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
2480 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
2481 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek7f6e8042016-02-11 22:11:33 -05002482
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek95365a52016-04-11 22:51:31 -04002483 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002484 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05002485
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002486 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
2487 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
Thomas H. P. Andersen188d3082016-05-20 15:04:01 +02002488 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002489
2490 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
2491
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002492 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002493 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
Lennart Poettering25b0e6c2016-05-16 22:18:39 +02002494 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
2495 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
2496 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002497
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002498 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
2499 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
2500 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002501 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002502
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002503 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
2504 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek8951eae2016-05-07 11:43:39 -04002505 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
2506 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002507 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
2508 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002509
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002510 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
2511 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002512 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
2513
2514 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
2515 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
2516 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
2517 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
2518 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
2519 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
2520
2521 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
2522 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
2523 address.
2524
2525 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
2526 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
2527 should be emitted.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002528
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002529 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek97e55302016-04-09 20:40:45 -04002530 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
2531 supported.
2532
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002533 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
2534 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
2535 logging performance.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002536
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002537 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
2538 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
2539 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
2540 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
2541 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
2542 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
2543
2544 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
2545 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
2546 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
2547 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
2548
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002549 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
2550 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002551
2552 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
2553 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
2554 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
2555
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002556 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002557
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002558 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
2559 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek8951eae2016-05-07 11:43:39 -04002560 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
2561 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002562
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002563 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
2564 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
2565 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
2566 refuse to operate on such files.
2567
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002568 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
2569 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
2570 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
2571
2572 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
2573 just hidden container images.
2574
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002575 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
2576 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
2577
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002578 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
2579 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
2580 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
2581 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek24597ee2016-10-20 23:03:26 -04002582 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
2583 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
2584 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
2585 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
2586 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
2587 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
2588 been changed to use this functionality by default.
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002589
Lennart Poettering25b0e6c2016-05-16 22:18:39 +02002590 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
2591 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
2592 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
2593 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
2594 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
2595 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
2596 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
2597 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
2598 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
2599 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
2600 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
2601 terminates.
2602
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002603 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek8951eae2016-05-07 11:43:39 -04002604 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
2605 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
2606 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002607
Daniele Medri030bd832016-05-07 05:00:12 +02002608 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002609 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
2610 rate of the socket unit.
2611
2612 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
2613 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
2614 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
2615 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
2616 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
2617
Lennart Poettering999a43f2016-05-16 23:07:08 +02002618 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
2619 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
2620 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
Thomas H. P. Andersen188d3082016-05-20 15:04:01 +02002621 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
Lennart Poettering999a43f2016-05-16 23:07:08 +02002622 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
2623 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
2624 with this.
2625
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002626 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
2627 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
Clemens Gruber77ff6022016-05-18 01:34:25 +02002628
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002629 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
2630 merged into the kernel in its current form.
2631
2632 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
2633 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
2634 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
2635 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
2636 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
2637
2638 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
2639 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
2640 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
2641
Dave Reisner4f9020f2016-05-23 10:31:47 +02002642 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
2643 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
2644 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
2645 target is now included in early userspace.
2646
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002647 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
2648 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
2649 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
2650 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
2651 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
2652 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
2653 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
2654 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
Clemens Gruber77ff6022016-05-18 01:34:25 +02002655 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
2656 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002657 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
2658 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
2659 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
Clemens Gruber77ff6022016-05-18 01:34:25 +02002660 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
2661 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
2662 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002663 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
2664 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
2665 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
2666 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2667 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
2668 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek46e40fa2016-05-21 17:51:13 -04002669 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
2670 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
2671 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2672 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002673
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek46e40fa2016-05-21 17:51:13 -04002674 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002675
Martin Pitt61f32bf2016-02-01 12:09:34 +01002676CHANGES WITH 229:
2677
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002678 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
2679 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
2680 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05002681 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
2682 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
2683 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
2684 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
2685 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
2686 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
2687 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
2688 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
2689 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
2690 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002691
2692 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05002693 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
2694 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
2695 /usr/bin.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002696
2697 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
2698 devices.
2699
Lennart Poetteringa7c723c2016-02-10 16:34:11 +01002700 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
2701 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
2702 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
2703 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
2704 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
2705 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
2706 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
2707 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
2708 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
2709 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
2710 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
2711 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
2712 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
2713 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
2714 this limit.
2715
2716 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
2717 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
2718 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
2719 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
2720 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
2721 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
2722 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
2723 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
2724
2725 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
2726 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
2727 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
2728 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
2729 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
2730 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
2731 and group at package installation time.
2732
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002733 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
2734 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
2735 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
2736 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
2737 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
2738
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01002739 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
2740 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002741 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
2742 supports it.
2743
2744 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
2745 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
2746
2747 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
2748 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
2749 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
2750 file is already initialized.
2751
2752 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
2753 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05002754 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
2755 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
2756 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
2757 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
2758 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
2759 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002760 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
2761
2762 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
2763 working directory for the process started in the container.
2764
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05002765 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
2766 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
2767 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
2768 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
2769 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002770
2771 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
2772 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
2773 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
2774
2775 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
2776 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
2777 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
2778 sd_journal_restart_fields().
2779
2780 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01002781 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
2782 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
2783 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
2784 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002785
2786 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01002787 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
2788 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
2789 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002790
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01002791 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
2792 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
2793 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002794 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
2795 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
2796 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
2797 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
2798 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05002799 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002800 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
2801 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
2802 by PID 1.
2803
Daniel Mack50f48ad2016-02-10 15:44:01 +01002804 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
2805 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
2806 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
2807 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
2808 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
2809 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
2810 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
2811 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
2812
2813 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
2814
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002815 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01002816 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002817 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
2818
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01002819 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
2820 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
2821 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002822 recent kernels.
2823
2824 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
2825 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
2826
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01002827 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05002828 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
2829 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
2830 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
2831 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
2832 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
2833 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
2834 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
2835 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
2836 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01002837 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05002838 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
2839 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002840
2841 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01002842 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
2843 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
2844 clusters or larger setups.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002845
2846 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
2847
2848 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
2849 sockets.
2850
2851 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
2852
2853 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
2854 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
2855 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
2856 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
2857 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
2858 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
2859
2860 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
2861 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
2862 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
2863
2864 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
2865 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
Martin Pitt61f32bf2016-02-01 12:09:34 +01002866 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
2867 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002868
2869 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
Martin Pitt61f32bf2016-02-01 12:09:34 +01002870
Lennart Poetteringdd95b382018-01-04 13:52:50 +01002871 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
2872 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
2873 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
2874 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
2875 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
2876 maintain compatibility.
2877
Lennart Poettering3545ab32016-02-11 13:02:35 +01002878 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
2879 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
2880 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
2881 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
2882 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
2883 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
2884 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
2885 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
2886 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
2887 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
2888 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
2889 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2890 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
2891 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
2892 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
2893 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
2894 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2895 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
2896 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Martin Pitt61f32bf2016-02-01 12:09:34 +01002897
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04002898 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
Martin Pitt61f32bf2016-02-01 12:09:34 +01002899
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01002900CHANGES WITH 228:
2901
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01002902 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
2903 files are now also available as properties to set when
2904 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
2905 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
2906 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
2907 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
2908 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
2909 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
2910 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
2911
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01002912 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
2913 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
2914 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01002915
Lennart Poetteringf1f8a5a2015-11-17 01:31:42 +01002916 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
2917 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
2918 created transiently.
2919
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01002920 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
2921 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
2922 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
2923 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
2924 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen815bb5b2015-11-15 17:30:33 +01002925 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01002926 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
2927 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
2928
2929 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
2930 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
2931 disk and sync the files, before returning.
2932
2933 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
2934 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
2935 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
2936 enabled.
2937
Lennart Poetteringf1f8a5a2015-11-17 01:31:42 +01002938 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
2939 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
2940 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
2941 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
2942 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
2943 subvolumes.
2944
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01002945 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
2946 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
2947
2948 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
2949 individual indexes.
2950
2951 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
2952 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
2953 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
2954 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
2955 suffixes now.
2956
Lennart Poetteringf1f8a5a2015-11-17 01:31:42 +01002957 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
2958 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
2959 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
2960 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
2961 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
2962 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
2963 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
2964 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
2965 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
2966 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
2967 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
2968 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
2969 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
2970 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
2971 number of processes or tasks each user may own
2972 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
2973 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
2974 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
2975 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
2976 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
2977 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
2978
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01002979 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
2980 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
2981 links between the host and the container.
2982
2983 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
2984 added that allows importing select environment variables
2985 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
2986 the service.
2987
Lennart Poetteringddb4b0d2015-11-18 12:17:57 +01002988 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
Michael Biebl595bfe72016-07-12 12:52:11 +02002989 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
Lennart Poetteringddb4b0d2015-11-18 12:17:57 +01002990 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
2991 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
2992 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
2993 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
2994 than until they first elapse.
2995
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01002996 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
2997 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
2998 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
2999 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
3000 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
3001 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
3002 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
3003 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01003004
3005 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
3006 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
3007 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
3008 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
3009 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
3010 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
3011 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen815bb5b2015-11-15 17:30:33 +01003012 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01003013 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
3014 journal and in coredump handling.
3015
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01003016 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
3017 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
3018 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen815bb5b2015-11-15 17:30:33 +01003019 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01003020 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
3021 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
3022 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
3023 software you package still references it, as this is a
3024 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
3025 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01003026
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01003027 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01003028
Lennart Poetteringd5bd92b2016-04-08 19:13:43 +02003029 Note that only util-linux versions built with
3030 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
3031
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01003032 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
3033 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
3034 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
3035
Lennart Poetteringb9e2f7e2015-11-13 14:59:25 +01003036 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
3037 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
3038 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
3039 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
3040 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
3041 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
3042 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
3043 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
3044 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
3045 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
3046 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
3047 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
3048 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
3049 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
3050 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
3051 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
3052
3053 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
3054 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
3055 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
3056 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
3057 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
3058 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
3059 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
3060 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
3061 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
3062 surprises.
3063
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01003064 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
3065 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
3066 to the various user database fields of the user that the
3067 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
3068 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
3069 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
3070 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
3071 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
3072 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
3073 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
3074 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02003075 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01003076 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
3077 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
3078 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
3079 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
3080 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
3081 of PID 1 is the root user).
3082
3083 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
3084 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
3085 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
Lennart Poetteringf1f8a5a2015-11-17 01:31:42 +01003086 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
3087 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3088 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
3089 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3090 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
3091 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3092 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
3093 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
3094 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
3095 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3096 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
3097 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01003098
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003099 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01003100
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003101CHANGES WITH 227:
3102
3103 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
3104 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
3105 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
3106
3107 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
3108 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
3109 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
3110 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
3111 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
3112 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
3113
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +02003114 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
3115 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003116 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
3117 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek6fd55172015-09-30 11:48:33 -04003118 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003119
3120 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003121 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
3122 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
3123 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
3124 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
3125 packets on unestablished sockets.
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003126
3127 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek6fd55172015-09-30 11:48:33 -04003128 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003129 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
3130 automatically.
3131
Daniel Mack21d86c62015-09-30 12:40:44 +02003132 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
3133 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
3134 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
3135
3136 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
3137 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
3138 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
3139 for disk IO.
3140
3141 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
3142 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
3143 removed.
3144
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +02003145 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
3146 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
3147 directory is set to the home directory of the user
3148 configured in User=.
Daniel Mack21d86c62015-09-30 12:40:44 +02003149
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003150 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
3151 directory of the selected user by default.
3152
Daniel Mack21d86c62015-09-30 12:40:44 +02003153 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +02003154 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
3155 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
3156 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
3157 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
3158 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
3159 compat reasons.
Daniel Mack21d86c62015-09-30 12:40:44 +02003160
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003161 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
Daniel Mack8b5f9d12015-10-01 13:28:09 +02003162 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003163 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
3164 units.
3165
3166 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
3167 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
3168 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
3169 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
3170 level.
3171
3172 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
3173 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
3174 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
3175 namespaces work correctly.
3176
3177 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
3178 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
3179 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
Michael Biebl595bfe72016-07-12 12:52:11 +02003180 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003181 activation.
3182
3183 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
3184 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
3185 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
3186 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
3187 system instance in a container.
3188
3189 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
3190 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
3191 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
3192 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
3193 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
3194 connections.
3195
3196 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
3197 show the control groups within a certain container only.
3198
3199 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
3200 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
3201 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
3202 processes attached, or similar.
3203
Daniel Mackbdba9222015-10-07 15:55:10 +02003204 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
3205 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
3206 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
3207
3208 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
3209 specifiers like %i or %f.
3210
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02003211 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003212 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
3213 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
3214 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
3215
Daniel Mackbdba9222015-10-07 15:55:10 +02003216 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
3217 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02003218 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
Daniel Mackbdba9222015-10-07 15:55:10 +02003219 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
3220 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
3221 descriptors using sd_notify().
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003222
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +02003223 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
3224
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek00535982016-05-28 11:50:37 -04003225 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
Tom Gundersenedf41262015-10-06 11:54:14 +02003226 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +02003227
3228 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
3229 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
3230
3231 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
Tom Gundersenedf41262015-10-06 11:54:14 +02003232 .network files.
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003233
Daniel Mackbdba9222015-10-07 15:55:10 +02003234 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
3235 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
3236 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
3237 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
3238 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
3239 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
3240 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
3241 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
3242 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
3243 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
3244 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
3245 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
3246 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
3247 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
3248 gdm-autologin is used.
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003249
3250 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
3251 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
3252 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
3253 next to the image file.
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003254
Lennart Poettering91d0d692015-10-01 16:24:04 +02003255 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
3256 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
3257 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
3258 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
3259
3260 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
3261 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
3262 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
3263 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
3264 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
3265 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
3266
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +02003267 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
3268 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
3269 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
3270 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
Torstein Husebø6dd6a9c2016-05-12 11:23:35 +02003271 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +02003272 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
3273 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
3274 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
3275 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
3276 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
3277 number of files in place.
Tom Gundersenc48eb612015-10-06 12:11:44 +02003278
Daniel Mackbdba9222015-10-07 15:55:10 +02003279 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
3280 on kernels where that is supported.
Lennart Poetteringc30f0862015-10-07 15:45:04 +02003281
Daniel Machonefce0ff2015-10-05 11:15:16 +02003282 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003283
Lennart Poettering61e67712015-10-07 15:48:58 +02003284 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
3285 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
3286 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
3287 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3288 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
3289 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
3290 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
3291 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
3292 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
3293 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
3294 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3295 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
3296 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
3297 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
3298 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
3299 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3300 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
3301 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003302
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003303 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003304
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003305CHANGES WITH 226:
3306
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003307 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
3308 new features:
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003309
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003310 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
3311 information. It may be enabled and configured via
3312 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
3313 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
3314 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
3315 is any) is propagated.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003316
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003317 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
3318 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
3319 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
3320 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
3321 information is enabled between host and containers by
3322 default now: the container will change its local timezone
3323 to what the host has set.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003324
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003325 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
3326 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003327
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003328 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
3329 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
3330 information back, even if the server loses state.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003331
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003332 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
3333 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
3334 PoolSize=.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003335
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003336 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
3337 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
3338 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
3339 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003340
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003341 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
3342 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
3343 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
3344 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
3345 'dbus-daemon' systems.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003346
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003347 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
3348 for virtio devices.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003349
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003350 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
3351 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
3352 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
3353 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
3354 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
3355 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
3356 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
3357 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
Evgeny Vereshchagin856ca722016-06-03 12:17:00 +03003358 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003359 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
3360 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
3361 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
3362 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
3363 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
3364 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
3365 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
3366 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
3367 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
3368 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
3369 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
3370 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
3371 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
3372 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
3373 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
3374 grants them.
3375
3376 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
3377 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
3378 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
3379 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
3380 group tree.
3381
3382 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
3383 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
3384 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
3385 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
3386 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
3387 work correctly in containers now.
3388
3389 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
3390 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
3391
Daniel Mackc626bf12015-09-07 13:06:53 +02003392 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
3393 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003394 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
3395 function call is particularly useful when implementing
3396 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
3397
3398 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
3399 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
3400 signal events.
3401
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02003402 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
3403 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
3404 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
3405 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003406
Lennart Poettering47f5a382015-09-07 12:43:25 +02003407 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
3408 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
3409 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
3410 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
3411 nspawn command line.
3412
Lennart Poettering2f77dec2015-09-08 01:36:59 +02003413 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
3414 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
3415 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
3416 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
3417 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
3418 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
3419 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
David Herrmann23d08d12015-09-08 13:31:57 +02003420 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003421
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003422 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003423
Daniel Mackec5249a2015-08-25 15:01:51 +02003424CHANGES WITH 225:
3425
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003426 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
3427 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
3428 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
3429 shell directly without prompting for username or
3430 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
3431 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
3432 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
3433 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
3434 the originating session.
Daniel Mackec5249a2015-08-25 15:01:51 +02003435
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003436 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
3437 options and allows other programs to query the values.
Daniel Mackec5249a2015-08-25 15:01:51 +02003438
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003439 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02003440 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
3441 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
3442 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
3443 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
3444 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
3445 probably not stabilize on this release.
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003446
3447 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
3448 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
3449 messages.
3450
3451 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
3452 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
3453 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
3454
3455 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
3456 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
3457
3458 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
3459 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
3460 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
3461 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
3462 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
3463 posteriori.
3464
3465 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
3466 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
3467
3468 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
3469 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
3470 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
3471 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
3472 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
3473 "lastlog" tools.
3474
3475 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
3476 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
3477 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
3478 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
3479 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
3480
3481 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
3482 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
3483 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
3484 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
3485 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
3486 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
3487 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
3488 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
3489 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
3490 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
3491 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
3492 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Daniel Mackec5249a2015-08-25 15:01:51 +02003493
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003494 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
Daniel Mackec5249a2015-08-25 15:01:51 +02003495
David Herrmann11811e82015-07-31 18:10:52 +02003496CHANGES WITH 224:
3497
David Herrmann10fa4212015-07-31 18:21:19 +02003498 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
3499 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
3500
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003501 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
3502 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
3503 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
David Herrmann10fa4212015-07-31 18:21:19 +02003504
David Herrmann11811e82015-07-31 18:10:52 +02003505 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
3506 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3507 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
3508
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003509 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
David Herrmann11811e82015-07-31 18:10:52 +02003510
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003511CHANGES WITH 223:
3512
3513 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
3514 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
3515 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
3516 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
3517
Kay Sievers01608bc2015-07-27 18:20:54 +02003518 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003519 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
3520
3521 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
3522 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
3523
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +02003524 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003525
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +02003526 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
Daniel Mack37d54b92015-07-27 21:34:28 +02003527 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +02003528 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003529
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +02003530 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
3531 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
3532 decapsulated packet.
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003533
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +02003534 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
3535 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
3536 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
3537 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
3538 netlink attribute.
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003539
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +02003540 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
3541 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
3542 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
3543 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
3544
3545 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
3546 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
3547 according to RFC2460.
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003548
David Herrmannf5f113f2015-07-29 12:12:10 +02003549 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
3550 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
3551
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003552 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
Kay Sievers01608bc2015-07-27 18:20:54 +02003553 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003554 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
3555
3556 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
3557 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
3558 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
3559 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
3560 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
3561 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
3562
3563 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
David Herrmanne4e66992015-07-29 14:59:35 +02003564 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3565 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
3566 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
3567 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3568 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
3569 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
3570 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
3571 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
3572 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003573
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003574 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003575
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +02003576CHANGES WITH 222:
David Herrmann5541c882015-07-06 19:07:10 +02003577
Kay Sievers861b02e2015-07-05 16:02:13 +02003578 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
3579 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
3580 or should be used to work around such bugs.
3581
3582 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
3583 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +02003584
3585 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
3586 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
3587 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
3588 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
3589 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
3590
David Herrmann5541c882015-07-06 19:07:10 +02003591 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
3592 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
3593 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
3594
Daniel Mack9b361112015-07-06 21:19:57 -04003595 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
3596 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
3597 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
3598 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
3599 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
3600
3601 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
3602
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +02003603 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
3604 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
3605 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
3606 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
David Herrmann5541c882015-07-06 19:07:10 +02003607 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
3608 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +02003609 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
3610 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
David Herrmann2d1ca112015-07-07 17:13:39 +02003611 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3612 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +02003613
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003614 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +02003615
Martin Pitt0f0467e2015-05-27 17:04:49 +02003616CHANGES WITH 221:
3617
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02003618 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
Kay Sievers5f92d242015-06-18 00:25:17 +02003619 stable and have been added to the official interface of
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02003620 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
3621 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
3622 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
3623 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
3624 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen0aee49d2015-06-18 17:10:59 +02003625 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02003626 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
3627 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
Kay Sievers5f92d242015-06-18 00:25:17 +02003628 portable to other kernels.
Martin Pitt0f0467e2015-05-27 17:04:49 +02003629
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02003630 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
3631 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
3632 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
Ronny Chevalierc6551462015-06-18 16:23:28 +02003633 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02003634 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
3635 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
3636 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
3637 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen0aee49d2015-06-18 17:10:59 +02003638 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02003639 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
3640 systemd enabled.
Martin Pitt0f0467e2015-05-27 17:04:49 +02003641
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02003642 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
3643 2.26.
3644
3645 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen0aee49d2015-06-18 17:10:59 +02003646 favor of calling an abstraction tool
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02003647 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
3648 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
3649 in README for details.
3650
3651 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
3652 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
3653 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
3654 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
3655 unit.
3656
3657 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
3658 into man pages.
3659
3660 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
3661 external project.
3662
3663 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen0aee49d2015-06-18 17:10:59 +02003664 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02003665
3666 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
3667 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
3668 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
3669 state.
3670
3671 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
3672 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
3673 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
3674
3675 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
3676 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
3677 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
3678 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
3679 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
3680 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
3681 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
3682 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
3683 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
3684 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
3685 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
Lennart Poetteringb912e252015-06-19 01:12:28 +02003686 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
3687 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
3688 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3689 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
3690 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02003691
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003692 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
Martin Pitt0f0467e2015-05-27 17:04:49 +02003693
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003694CHANGES WITH 220:
3695
David Herrmannf7a73a22015-05-21 20:39:47 +02003696 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
3697 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
3698 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
3699 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
3700 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
3701 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
3702 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01003703 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
David Herrmannf7a73a22015-05-21 20:39:47 +02003704
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003705 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
3706 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
3707 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
3708 service consumed). This value is only available if
3709 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
3710 in the "systemctl status" output.
3711
3712 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
3713 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek29d1fcb2015-05-21 14:30:53 -04003714 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003715 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
3716 previously was already the default behaviour).
3717
3718 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
3719 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
3720 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
3721
3722 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
3723 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek29d1fcb2015-05-21 14:30:53 -04003724 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003725 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
3726
3727 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
3728 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
3729 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
3730 journalling file systems that support external journal
3731 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
3732 systems to be mounted.
3733
3734 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
3735 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
3736 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
3737 stable release this should not be problematic.
3738
3739 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
3740 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
3741 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
3742 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
3743 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
3744
3745 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
3746 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
3747 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
3748 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
3749 network switches.
3750
3751 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
3752 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
3753
3754 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
3755 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
3756 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
3757
3758 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
3759
Lennart Poettering1579dd22015-05-21 20:24:34 +02003760 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
3761 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
3762 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
3763 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
3764 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
3765 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
3766 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
3767 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
3768 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
3769 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
3770 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
3771 been fixed in v220.
3772
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003773 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
3774 systemd-networkd.
3775
3776 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
3777 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02003778 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003779 containers started from the command line.
3780
3781 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
3782 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
3783
3784 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
3785 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
3786 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
3787 indirection via a pseudo tty.
3788
3789 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
3790 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
3791 when shutting down.
3792
3793 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
3794 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
3795 overlayfs support.
3796
3797 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
3798 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
3799 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
3800 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
3801 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
3802 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
3803 images are imported via systemd-importd.
3804
3805 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
3806 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
3807 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
3808
3809 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
3810 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
3811 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
3812 of v1 as before).
3813
3814 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
3815 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
3816
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02003817 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
3818 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
3819 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
3820 without further privileges or authorization.
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003821
3822 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
3823 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
3824 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
3825 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
3826 accessible via a bus interface.
3827
3828 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
3829 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
3830 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
3831 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
3832 to cover this functionality.
3833
3834 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
Lennart Poettering1579dd22015-05-21 20:24:34 +02003835 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003836 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
3837 disabled/masked also stopped.
3838
3839 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
David Herrmann1a2d5fb2015-05-21 20:25:38 +02003840 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
3841 updated to support systemd-boot.
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003842
3843 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
3844 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
3845 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
3846 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
3847 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
David Herrmann1a2d5fb2015-05-21 20:25:38 +02003848 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003849 like this and can extract OS release information from them
3850 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
3851 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
3852
3853 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
3854 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
3855 system.
3856
3857 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
3858 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
3859 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
3860 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
3861 device symlinks.
3862
3863 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
3864 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
3865 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
3866 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
3867
3868 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
3869 stick devices has been added.
3870
3871 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
3872 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
3873
3874 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
3875 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
3876 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
3877 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
3878 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
3879
3880 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
3881 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
3882 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
3883
3884 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
3885 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
3886 Debian.
3887
3888 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
3889 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
3890 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
3891
3892 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
3893 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
3894 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
3895 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
3896 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
3897 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
3898 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
3899 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3900 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
3901 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
3902 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3903 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
3904 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
3905 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
3906 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
3907 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
3908 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
3909 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
3910 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
3911 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
3912 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
3913 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
3914 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
3915 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
3916 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
3917 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
3918 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3919
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003920 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003921
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01003922CHANGES WITH 219:
3923
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01003924 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
3925 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
3926 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
3927 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
3928 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
3929 interface with and update the database.
3930
3931 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
3932 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
3933 before bytewise copying is done.
3934
3935 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
3936 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
3937 directory, and immediately removed when the container
3938 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
3939 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
3940 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
3941 for starting a container off the root file system of the
3942 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
3943 available on btrfs file systems.
3944
3945 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
3946 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen7edecf22015-02-16 21:21:16 +01003947 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01003948 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
3949 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
3950 systems.
3951
3952 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
3953 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
3954 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
3955 mount point remains.
3956
3957 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
3958 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
3959 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
3960 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
3961 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
3962 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
3963 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
3964 are disabled.
3965
3966 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
3967 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
3968 container to the host or vice versa.
3969
3970 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
3971 mount host directories into local containers. This is
3972 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
3973
3974 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
3975 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
3976
3977 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
3978 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
3979 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
3980 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
3981 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
3982 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
3983 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
3984 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
3985 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
Torstein Husebø94e5ba32015-07-24 11:14:01 +02003986 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01003987 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
3988 make the functionality of importd available to the
3989 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
3990 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
3991 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
3992 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
3993 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
3994 only fully supported on btrfs.
3995
3996 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
3997 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
3998 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
3999 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
4000 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
4001 information about images.
4002
4003 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
4004 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
Elias Probstf59dba22016-03-16 09:23:31 +01004005 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01004006 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
4007 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
4008 legacy file systems).
4009
4010 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
4011 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
4012 shown in networkctl output.
4013
4014 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
4015 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
4016 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
4017 processes as system services while interactively
4018 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
4019 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
4020 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
4021 full login session, the difference being that the former
4022 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
4023 setup.
4024
4025 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
4026 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
4027 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
4028 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
4029 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
4030
4031 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
4032 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
4033 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
4034 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
4035 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
4036 via qemu/kvm.
4037
4038 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
4039 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
4040 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
4041 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
4042 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
4043 disk images, too.
4044
4045 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
4046 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
4047 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
4048 integrate with that.
4049
4050 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
4051 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
4052 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
4053 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
4054
4055 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
4056 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
4057 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
4058
4059 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
4060 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
4061 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
4062 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
4063 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
4064 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
4065 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
4066 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
4067 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
4068 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
4069
4070 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
4071 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
4072 files.
4073
4074 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
Lennart Poettering4c379702016-10-24 20:06:03 +02004075 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01004076 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
Torstein Husebø94e5ba32015-07-24 11:14:01 +02004077 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01004078 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
4079 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
4080 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
4081 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
4082 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
4083 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
4084 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
4085 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
4086 explicitly turned on.
4087
4088 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
4089 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
4090 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
4091 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
4092
4093 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
4094 supported.
4095
4096 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
4097 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
4098 user/session following the status output. Similar,
4099 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
4100 associated with a virtual machine or container
4101 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
4102 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
4103 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
4104 output however.)
4105
4106 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
4107 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
4108 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
4109 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
4110 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
4111 caller's session/user.
4112
4113 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
4114 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
4115 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
4116 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
4117 user services.
4118
4119 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
4120 same way as unit files.
4121
4122 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
4123 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
4124 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
4125 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
4126 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
4127 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
4128 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
4129 the host.
4130
4131 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
4132 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
4133 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
4134 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
4135 the host as if their services were running directly on the
4136 host.
4137
Lennart Poetteringdd2fd152015-02-16 19:36:51 +01004138 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01004139 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
4140 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
4141 updated to make use of it too by default.
4142
4143 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
4144 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
4145 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
4146 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
4147
4148 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
4149 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
4150 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
4151 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
4152 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
4153 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
4154 modification.
4155
4156 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
4157 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
4158 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen7edecf22015-02-16 21:21:16 +01004159 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01004160 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
4161 information about Touchpad types.
4162
4163 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
4164 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
4165
4166 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
4167 Policy link field.
4168
4169 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
4170 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
4171
4172 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
4173 ACLs on files.
4174
4175 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
4176 tmpfs, automatically.
4177
4178 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
4179 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
4180 status" output, if available.
4181
4182 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
4183 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
4184 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
4185 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
4186 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
4187 run on next reboot.
4188
4189 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
4190 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
4191 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
4192 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
4193 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
4194 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
4195 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
4196
4197 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
4198 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
4199 after a configurable timeout.
4200
4201 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
4202 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
4203 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
4204 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
4205 it non-idle.
4206
4207 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
4208 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
4209
4210 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
4211 each .network interface in networkd.
4212
4213 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
4214 in .network files.
4215
4216 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
4217 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
4218
Lennart Poettering11ea2782015-02-12 20:45:19 +01004219 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
Lennart Poetteringd2c643c2015-02-16 17:17:07 +01004220 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
4221 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
4222 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
4223 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
4224 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
4225 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
4226 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
4227 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
4228 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
4229 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
4230 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4231 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
4232 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
4233 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
Lennart Poettering11ea2782015-02-12 20:45:19 +01004234 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
4235 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
4236 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
4237 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
4238 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4239 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
4240 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
Lennart Poetteringd2c643c2015-02-16 17:17:07 +01004241 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
4242 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering11ea2782015-02-12 20:45:19 +01004243
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04004244 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
Lennart Poettering11ea2782015-02-12 20:45:19 +01004245
David Herrmannd4f5a1f2014-11-24 15:12:42 +01004246CHANGES WITH 218:
4247
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004248 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
4249 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
4250 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
Evgeny Vereshchaginc7683ff2015-08-16 18:10:23 +00004251 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004252
4253 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02004254 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004255 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
4256 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
4257 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
4258
4259 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
4260
4261 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02004262 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004263 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
4264 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
4265 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
4266 modified configuration after editing.
4267
4268 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
4269 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
4270 system preset files.
4271
4272 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
4273 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
4274 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
4275 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
4276 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
4277 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
4278 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
4279 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
4280 other contexts.
4281
4282 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
4283 inhibitors.
4284
Lennart Poettering122676c2014-12-10 23:17:54 +01004285 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02004286 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
Lennart Poettering122676c2014-12-10 23:17:54 +01004287 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
4288 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
4289 managers.
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004290
4291 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
4292 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
4293 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
4294 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
4295 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02004296 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004297 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
4298 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
4299 parallel to journald.
4300
4301 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
4302 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
4303 available.
4304
4305 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
4306 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02004307 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004308 or are not older than the specified time.
4309
4310 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
4311 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
4312 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
4313 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
4314
4315 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
4316 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
4317 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
4318 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
4319 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
4320 communication.
4321
4322 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
4323 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
4324 services.
4325
4326 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
4327 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
4328 including their signature and values. This is particularly
4329 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
4330 the new "busctl tree" command.
4331
4332 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
4333 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
4334 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
4335 friendly way.
4336
4337 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
4338 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
4339 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
4340 race-ful way.
4341
4342 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
4343 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
Ronny Chevalier17c29492014-12-10 00:50:24 +01004344 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004345 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
4346 --link-journal=try-guest.
4347
4348 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
4349 stable MAC addresses.
4350
4351 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
4352 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
4353 the respective unit shall use.
4354
David Herrmannd4f5a1f2014-11-24 15:12:42 +01004355 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
4356 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
4357 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
4358 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
4359
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02004360 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004361 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02004362 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004363 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
4364 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
4365 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
4366
Ronny Chevalier17c29492014-12-10 00:50:24 +01004367 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004368 details see:
4369
4370 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
4371
4372 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
4373 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
Josh Triplett997b2b42014-11-29 14:01:47 -08004374 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
4375 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
4376 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
4377 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
4378 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
4379 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
4380 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
4381 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
4382 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
4383 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
4384
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004385 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
4386 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
4387 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
4388 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
4389 bluetooth, ...) is used.
4390
4391 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
4392 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
4393 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
4394 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
4395 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
4396 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
4397 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
4398 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
4399
4400 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02004401 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004402 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
4403 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
4404 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
4405 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
4406 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
4407 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
4408 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
4409 interface.
4410
4411 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
4412 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
4413 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
4414 luks.name= argument.
4415
4416 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
4417 (this was previously already available for scope and service
4418 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
4419 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
4420 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
4421 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
4422
4423 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
4424 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
4425 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
4426
Lennart Poettering13e92f32014-12-10 00:30:19 +01004427 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
4428 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
4429 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4430 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
4431 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
4432 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
4433 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
4434 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4435 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
4436 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
4437 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
Lennart Poettering7da81d32014-12-10 22:33:21 +01004438 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
4439 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
4440 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
4441 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
4442 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
4443 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
4444 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering13e92f32014-12-10 00:30:19 +01004445
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04004446 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004447
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004448CHANGES WITH 217:
4449
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004450 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
4451 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
4452 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
4453 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004454
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeka65b8242014-11-01 13:52:14 -04004455 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
4456 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
4457 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
4458 now waits until the operation is complete.
Umut Tezduyar Lindskog2a97b032014-10-29 11:20:02 +01004459
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004460 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
4461 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
Lennart Poettering4bdc60c2014-10-24 19:06:23 +02004462 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
4463 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004464 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
Lennart Poettering4bdc60c2014-10-24 19:06:23 +02004465 connection.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004466
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004467 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
4468 commands anymore.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004469
4470 * User units are now loaded also from
4471 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
4472 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
4473 supported, but is under the control of the user.
4474
Lennart Poettering4ffd29f2014-10-28 02:17:12 +01004475 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
4476 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
4477 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
4478 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
4479 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
4480 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
4481 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
4482 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
4483 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
4484 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
4485 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
4486 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
4487 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
4488 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
4489 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
4490 question.
4491
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004492 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
4493 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
4494 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
4495
4496 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
4497 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
4498 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
Lennart Poettering81c7dd82014-11-06 20:06:30 +01004499 command line to trigger resume.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004500
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004501 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
4502 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
4503 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
Lennart Poettering09077142014-10-28 12:31:11 +01004504 Desktop=systemd-console.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004505
4506 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
4507 systemd-networkd.
4508
Kay Sieversba8df742014-10-28 15:53:44 +01004509 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004510 from the information provided by the networking stack
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004511 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
4512
4513 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
4514 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
4515
4516 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
4517 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
4518 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
4519
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004520 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004521
Lennart Poettering4bdc60c2014-10-24 19:06:23 +02004522 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
Ronny Chevalierf6d1de82014-10-28 16:04:21 +01004523 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004524 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004525 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
4526 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
4527 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004528
Lennart Poetteringc4ac9902014-10-28 20:36:32 +01004529 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004530 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
4531 respected.
4532
4533 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
4534 virtualization.
4535
4536 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
Kay Sieversba8df742014-10-28 15:53:44 +01004537 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004538 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
4539 on.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004540
Michal Schmidte6c253e2014-10-16 13:49:04 +02004541 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
4542
4543 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
4544
Kay Sieversba8df742014-10-28 15:53:44 +01004545 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
4546 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
Michal Schmidte6c253e2014-10-16 13:49:04 +02004547 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
4548 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
4549 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
4550 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
4551 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
4552
Lennart Poettering4bdc60c2014-10-24 19:06:23 +02004553 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
4554 available for service units, that allows locking all service
4555 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
4556 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
4557 from the service's view entirely.
4558
4559 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
4560 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
4561
4562 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
4563 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
4564 session.
4565
4566 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
4567 legacy-free systems.
4568
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004569 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
4570 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
4571 easily.
4572
4573 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
4574 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
4575 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
4576 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
4577 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
4578 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
4579 option.
4580
4581 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
Tom Gundersend4474c42014-10-28 15:42:57 +01004582 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004583 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
4584 /usr.
4585
Ronny Chevalierf6d1de82014-10-28 16:04:21 +01004586 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004587 services, not only the main process.
4588
4589 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
4590 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
4591 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
4592 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
4593 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
4594
Timofey Titovets37694152014-10-26 00:17:24 +03004595 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
4596 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
4597 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
4598 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
4599 directly from now on, again.
4600
Lennart Poetteringfae93322014-10-28 15:17:53 +01004601 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02004602 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
4603 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
4604 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
4605 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
4606 enabling and disabling.
Lennart Poetteringfae93322014-10-28 15:17:53 +01004607
Lennart Poetteringcfa15712014-10-28 15:35:35 +01004608 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
4609 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
4610 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
4611 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
4612 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
4613 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
4614 unnecessary or unlikely.
4615
Lennart Poettering7e63dd12014-10-28 15:44:00 +01004616 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
4617 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
Kay Sieversba8df742014-10-28 15:53:44 +01004618 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
Lennart Poettering7e63dd12014-10-28 15:44:00 +01004619 "anually", "hourly", ...).
4620
Tom Gundersend4474c42014-10-28 15:42:57 +01004621 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
4622 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
4623 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
4624 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
4625 overwritten at runtime.
4626
Lennart Poettering3b187c52014-10-28 18:10:48 +01004627 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
4628 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
4629 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
4630 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
4631 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
4632 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
4633 segmentation fault.
4634
Lennart Poettering4b08dd82014-10-28 15:20:16 +01004635 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
4636 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
4637 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4638 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
4639 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
4640 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
4641 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
4642 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
4643 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
4644 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
4645 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
4646 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
4647 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
4648 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
4649 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
4650 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
4651 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
4652 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
4653 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4654 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4655 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
Lennart Poettering13e92f32014-12-10 00:30:19 +01004656 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering4b08dd82014-10-28 15:20:16 +01004657
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04004658 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
Lennart Poettering4b08dd82014-10-28 15:20:16 +01004659
Kay Sieversb72ddf02014-07-09 14:29:20 +02004660CHANGES WITH 216:
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004661
4662 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
Kay Sieversb72ddf02014-07-09 14:29:20 +02004663 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004664 implementations should add a
4665
Kay Sieversb72ddf02014-07-09 14:29:20 +02004666 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004667
4668 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
4669 default functionality.
4670
4671 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
4672 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
4673 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
4674 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
4675 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
4676 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
4677 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
4678 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
4679 files might need to be owned by them. A new
4680 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
4681 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
4682 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
4683 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
4684
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02004685 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
4686 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
4687 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
4688 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
4689 added eventually, too.
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004690
4691 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
4692 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
4693 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
4694 new command to update these fields.
4695
4696 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
4697 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
4698 have been discovered via DHCP.
4699
4700 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
4701 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
Ansgar Burchardtdaa05342014-08-26 00:19:54 +02004702 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
4703 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004704 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
4705 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
4706 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
4707 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen5f02e262014-08-19 23:10:53 +02004708 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004709 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
4710 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
4711 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
Daniel Macka1a4a252014-08-19 22:23:43 +02004712 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004713 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
4714 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
4715 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
4716 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
4717 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
4718 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
4719 implementation to systemd-resolved.
4720
4721 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
4722 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
4723 containers to their respective IP addresses.
4724
4725 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
4726 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
4727 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen5f02e262014-08-19 23:10:53 +02004728 and present it to the user in a very friendly
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004729 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
4730 control utility for networkd.
4731
4732 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
4733 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02004734 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004735 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
4736 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
4737 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
4738 (NoDelay=).
4739
Daniel Macka1a4a252014-08-19 22:23:43 +02004740 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004741 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
4742
4743 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
Philip Withnall46ae28d2017-04-20 11:34:26 +01004744 be started only after time-sync.target has been
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004745 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
4746 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
4747 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
4748 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
4749
4750 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
4751 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
4752 of the link.
4753
4754 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
4755 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
4756
4757 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
4758 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
4759
4760 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
Lennart Poettering01da80b2014-08-19 23:37:16 +02004761 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
4762 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
4763 for DHCP.
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004764
4765 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
4766 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
4767 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
4768 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
4769 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
4770 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
4771 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
4772 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
4773
4774 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
4775 validation of unit files.
4776
4777 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
4778 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
4779 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
4780 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
4781 address may now be configured.
4782
Tom Gundersen26568402014-08-19 23:44:17 +02004783 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
4784 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
4785 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
4786 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
4787
4788 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
4789 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
4790
4791 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
4792 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
4793 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
4794 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
4795
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004796 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
4797 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
4798 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
4799 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
4800 implementation.
4801
4802 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
4803 journal data to a remote system running
4804 systemd-journal-remote.
4805
4806 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
4807 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
4808 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
4809 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
4810 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen5f02e262014-08-19 23:10:53 +02004811 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004812 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
4813 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
4814 version, you have to turn this option on again
4815 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
4816
4817 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
4818 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
4819 better than XZ which was the previous default.
4820
4821 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
4822 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
4823
4824 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
4825 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
4826
4827 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
4828 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
4829 "systemctl status" output for a service.
4830
4831 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
4832 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
Daniel Macka1a4a252014-08-19 22:23:43 +02004833 hostname, root password) interactively on first
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004834 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
4835 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
4836
Lennart Poettering01da80b2014-08-19 23:37:16 +02004837 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
4838
4839 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
4840
4841 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
4842 when primary addresses are removed.
4843
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004844 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
4845 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
4846 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
4847 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
4848 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
4849 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
4850 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4851 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
4852 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
4853 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
4854 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
4855 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
4856 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
4857 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
4858 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4859
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04004860 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
Kay Sieversb72ddf02014-07-09 14:29:20 +02004861
Kay Sievers3dff3e02014-06-12 14:59:53 +02004862CHANGES WITH 215:
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02004863
4864 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
4865 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
4866 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
4867 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
4868 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
4869 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
4870 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
4871 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
4872 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
4873 require.
4874
4875 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
4876 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
4877
4878 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
4879 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
4880 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
4881 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
4882 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
4883 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
4884 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
4885
4886 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
4887 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
4888 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
4889 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
4890 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
4891 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
4892 update or reset should use this condition and order
4893 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
4894 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
4895 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
4896 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
4897 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
4898 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
4899 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersence1dde22014-07-01 21:11:35 +02004900 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02004901 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
4902
4903 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
4904
4905 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
4906 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
4907 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
Kay Sievers3dff3e02014-06-12 14:59:53 +02004908 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
4909
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02004910 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
4911 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
4912 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
4913 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
4914 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
4915 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
4916 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
Lennart Poetteringc7435cc2014-07-03 20:46:35 +02004917 .network files using settings of this section should be
4918 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
4919 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02004920
Lennart Poetteringc7435cc2014-07-03 20:46:35 +02004921 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
4922 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02004923
4924 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
4925 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
4926 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
4927 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
4928 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
4929 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
4930 of nspawn instances.
4931
4932 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
4933 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
4934 added.
4935
4936 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
4937 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
4938 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
4939 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
4940 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
4941 configuration stored in /etc.
4942
4943 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
4944 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
4945 parsing of unknown mount options.
4946
4947 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
4948 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
4949 it already exist and not already be the correct
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02004950 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02004951 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
4952 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
4953 pre-existing files of different types.
4954
4955 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
4956 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersence1dde22014-07-01 21:11:35 +02004957 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02004958 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
4959 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
4960 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
4961 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
4962
4963 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
4964 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
4965 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
4966 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
4967 shall be executed.
4968
4969 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
4970 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersence1dde22014-07-01 21:11:35 +02004971 example whether it is fully up and running.
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02004972
4973 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
4974 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
4975 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
4976 reset.
4977
4978 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
4979 most basic services systemd ships by default.
4980
4981 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
4982 field for defining the default instance to create if a
4983 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
4984
4985 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
4986 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
4987 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
4988
4989 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
4990 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
4991 access to this group.
4992
4993 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
4994 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
4995 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
4996 to the journal.
4997
4998 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
4999 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
5000 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
5001 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
5002 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
5003 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
5004
5005 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
5006 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
5007 that makes sure to only show information about the most
5008 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
5009 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
5010 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
5011 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
5012 the old name to the new name.
5013
5014 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersence1dde22014-07-01 21:11:35 +02005015 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02005016 coredumpctl without restrictions.
5017
5018 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
5019 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
5020 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
5021 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
5022 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
5023 "systemd-debug-generator".
5024
5025 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
5026 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
5027 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
5028 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
5029 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
5030 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
5031 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02005032 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
5033 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02005034 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
5035 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
5036
5037 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
5038 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
5039 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
Lennart Poetteringc7435cc2014-07-03 20:46:35 +02005040 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
5041 been added to query many of these paths for the local
5042 machine and user.
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02005043
5044 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
5045 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
5046 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
5047 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
5048 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
5049
5050 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
5051 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
5052 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
5053 couple of drop-in directories.
5054
Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo3058e012014-07-01 10:11:50 -03005055 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
5056 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
5057 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
5058 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
5059 for dev_port.
5060
Lennart Poetteringc7435cc2014-07-03 20:46:35 +02005061 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
5062 container (read from /etc/os-release and
5063 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
5064 "machinectl status" for a machine.
5065
5066 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
5067 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
5068 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
5069 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
5070 Restart= setting.
5071
5072 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
5073 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
5074 directly connect to a specific container on the
5075 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
5076 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
5077 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
5078 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
5079 containers is a privileged operation.
5080
5081 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
5082 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
5083 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
5084 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
5085 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5086 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
5087 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5088 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
5089 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
5090 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
5091 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
5092 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5093
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04005094 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
Lennart Poetteringc7435cc2014-07-03 20:46:35 +02005095
Kay Sievers4196a3e2014-06-11 12:00:47 +02005096CHANGES WITH 214:
5097
5098 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
5099 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
5100 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
5101 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
5102 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
5103 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
5104 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
5105 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
5106 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
Kay Sievers71449ca2014-06-11 14:04:28 +02005107 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005108 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
Kay Sievers4196a3e2014-06-11 12:00:47 +02005109 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
Jan Engelhardt45df8652014-06-28 00:49:12 +02005110 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
Kay Sievers4196a3e2014-06-11 12:00:47 +02005111 devices are excluded from this logic.
5112
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005113 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
5114 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
5115 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
5116 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
5117 change has been released.
5118
5119 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005120 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005121 libattr is thus unnecessary.
5122
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02005123 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005124 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
5125 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
Kay Sievers71449ca2014-06-11 14:04:28 +02005126 with fewer privileges.
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005127
5128 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
5129 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
5130 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
5131 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
5132
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02005133 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005134 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
5135
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02005136 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005137 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
5138
5139 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02005140 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005141 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
5142
5143 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
5144 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005145 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005146 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
5147 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
Mantas Mikulėnasc54bed52014-06-11 17:09:11 +03005148 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005149
Lennart Poetteringcd14eda2014-06-11 15:32:20 +02005150 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005151 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
5152 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
Lennart Poetteringcd14eda2014-06-11 15:32:20 +02005153
Ansgar Burchardtef392da2014-07-28 18:57:30 +02005154 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005155 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005156 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
5157 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
5158 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
5159 modifications of user data or system files from
5160 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
5161 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
5162
5163 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
5164 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
5165 and FIFOs in the file system.
5166
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005167 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005168 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
5169 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
5170
5171 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
5172 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
Jan Engelhardt45df8652014-06-28 00:49:12 +02005173 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
Kay Sievers71449ca2014-06-11 14:04:28 +02005174 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005175 the socket itself.
5176
5177 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
5178 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
5179 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
5180 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
5181 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
5182 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
5183 symlinks, and nothing else.
5184
5185 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
5186 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
5187 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
5188 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
5189 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
5190 process (for example, the parent process). The
5191 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
5192 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
5193 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
5194 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
5195 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
5196 messages to services when the originating process already
5197 vanished.
5198
5199 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005200 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005201 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
5202 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
5203 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
5204 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
5205 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
5206 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
5207 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
5208 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
5209 all long-running services.
5210
5211 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
5212 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
5213 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
5214 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
5215 service.
5216
5217 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
5218 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
5219 applied to all submounts, too.
5220
5221 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
5222
5223 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
5224 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
5225 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
5226 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
5227 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
5228 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
5229 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
5230
Torstein Husebøcc98b302015-01-26 15:29:14 +01005231 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005232 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
5233 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
Kay Sievers71449ca2014-06-11 14:04:28 +02005234 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005235 (domU) domains.
5236
5237 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
5238 files or entire directories.
5239
5240 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005241 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
5242 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
5243 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005244 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
5245
5246 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
5247 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
5248 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
5249 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005250 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
5251 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005252 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005253 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005254 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
5255 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
5256 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
5257 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
5258
5259 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
5260 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
5261 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
5262 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
5263
5264 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
5265 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
Ansgar Burchardtdaa05342014-08-26 00:19:54 +02005266 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005267 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005268 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
5269 non-directories.
5270
5271 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
5272 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
5273 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
5274
Lennart Poettering4c0d13b2014-06-11 18:42:38 +02005275 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
5276 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
5277 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
5278 this group.
5279
Lennart Poetteringdc1d6c02014-06-11 15:04:59 +02005280 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
5281 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
5282 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
5283 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
5284 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5285 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
5286 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5287
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04005288 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
Lennart Poetteringdc1d6c02014-06-11 15:04:59 +02005289
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005290CHANGES WITH 213:
5291
5292 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
Kay Sievers69beda12014-05-24 14:50:17 +08005293 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005294 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005295 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005296 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
Lennart Poetteringc9679c62014-05-28 09:43:43 +08005297 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
5298 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005299 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005300 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005301 client should be more than appropriate for most
5302 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
5303 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
5304 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
5305 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
5306 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
Kay Sievers69beda12014-05-24 14:50:17 +08005307 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005308 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005309 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
Lennart Poetteringc9679c62014-05-28 09:43:43 +08005310 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005311 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
Lennart Poetteringc9679c62014-05-28 09:43:43 +08005312 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005313
Kay Sievers69beda12014-05-24 14:50:17 +08005314 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
5315 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005316 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
5317 part of a different namespace.
5318
5319 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
5320 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04005321 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
5322 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005323
5324 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
5325 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04005326 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005327
5328 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
5329 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04005330 when a service fails. This works similarly to
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005331 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005332 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
5333 restart the service in question.
5334
5335 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04005336 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
5337 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
5338 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
5339 details when running non-locally.
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005340
5341 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
5342 graphs it generates.
5343
5344 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
5345 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
5346 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
5347 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
5348 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
5349
5350 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
5351
5352 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
5353 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
5354 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
5355 what it was on SysV systems.
5356
5357 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
5358 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
5359
5360 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
5361 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
5362 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
5363 files.
5364
5365 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
5366 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
5367 to show these addresses in its output.
5368
5369 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
5370 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
5371 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
5372 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
5373 preferred over a text one.
5374
5375 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
5376 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
5377 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
5378 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
5379 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
5380 mDNS cache.
5381
Tom Gundersen68dd0952014-05-24 12:28:47 +02005382 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
5383 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
5384 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
5385 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
5386 of network configuration performed in some other way.
5387
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005388 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04005389 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005390 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
Kay Sievers69beda12014-05-24 14:50:17 +08005391 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005392 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
5393
Lennart Poettering8e7acf62014-05-28 09:39:55 +08005394 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
5395 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
5396 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005397 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
Lennart Poettering8e7acf62014-05-28 09:39:55 +08005398 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
5399 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
5400 overrides any other settings.
5401
5402 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005403 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
5404 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
5405 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
5406 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
5407 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
5408 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
5409 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
5410 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
Lennart Poettering8e7acf62014-05-28 09:39:55 +08005411 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5412 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
5413 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
5414 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
5415 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
5416 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
5417 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005418 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5419
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04005420 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005421
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005422CHANGES WITH 212:
5423
5424 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
5425 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
5426 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
5427 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
5428 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
5429 by accident.
5430
5431 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
5432 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
5433 registered with machined.
5434
5435 * sd-login gained new calls
5436 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
5437 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04005438 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005439 counterparts.
5440
5441 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
5442 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
5443 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
5444 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
5445 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
5446 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
5447 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
5448 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
5449 once.
5450
5451 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
5452 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
5453 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
5454
5455 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
5456 units on all local containers, when used with the
5457 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
5458 executed when no parameters are specified).
5459
5460 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
5461 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
5462 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
5463 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
5464
5465 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
Jan Engelhardt70a44af2014-05-03 19:15:24 +02005466 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005467 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
5468 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
5469 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
5470 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
5471
5472 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
5473 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
5474 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
5475 of the container.
5476
5477 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
5478 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
5479 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
5480 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
5481 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005482 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
5483 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
5484 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005485
5486 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
5487 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
5488 instead of /.
5489
5490 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
5491 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
5492 emergency messages now.
5493
5494 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
5495 journal log messages across the network.
5496
5497 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
5498 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
5499 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
5500 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
5501 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
5502 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
5503 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
5504
5505 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
5506 down a local OS container.
5507
5508 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
5509 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
5510 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
5511
5512 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
5513 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
5514 this is appropriate.
5515
5516 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005517 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005518 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
5519
5520 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
5521 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
5522 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
5523 for debugging purposes.
5524
5525 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
5526 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
5527 in seconds.
5528
5529 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
5530 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
5531 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
5532 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
5533 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
5534 like on traditional inetd.
5535
5536 * A new system.conf configuration option
5537 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
5538 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
5539
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005540 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005541 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
5542 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
5543 do these days).
5544
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005545 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005546 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
5547 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
5548 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02005549 could not take place because the system was powered off.
5550 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005551
5552 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
5553 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
5554 it will be triggered.
5555
5556 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
5557 addresses to its local interfaces.
5558
5559 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
5560 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
5561 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
5562 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
5563 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
5564 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
5565 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
5566 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
5567 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5568
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04005569 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005570
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005571CHANGES WITH 211:
5572
5573 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
5574 added to restrict which socket address families unit
5575 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
5576 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
5577 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
5578 is built on seccomp system call filters.
5579
5580 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
5581 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
5582 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
5583 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
5584 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
5585 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
5586 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
5587 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
Nis Martensenf1721622014-05-18 15:43:18 +02005588 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005589
5590 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
5591 matching against device group names.
5592
5593 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
5594 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
5595 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
5596 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
David Herrmann22e70622014-03-11 20:46:57 +01005597 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005598 though.
5599
5600 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
5601 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
5602 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005603 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005604 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01005605 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005606 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
5607 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005608 systems prepared appropriately.
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005609
5610 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
5611 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
5612 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
5613 (see above). This means that installations made with
5614 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
5615 deployed using container managers, completely
5616 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
5617 this feature soon, too.)
5618
5619 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
5620 set up a private macvlan interface for the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04005621 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005622 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
5623
5624 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
5625 using IPv4LL.
5626
5627 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
5628 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
5629 systemd-networkd.
5630
5631 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
5632 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
5633 still not a public API though (unless you specify
5634 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
5635 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
5636
5637 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
5638 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
5639 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
Kay Sievers4ef6e532014-03-11 20:41:12 +01005640 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005641 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
5642 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
5643 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
5644 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
5645 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
5646 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
5647 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
Kay Sievers4ef6e532014-03-11 20:41:12 +01005648 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005649 users.
5650
5651 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
5652 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
5653 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
5654 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
5655 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
5656 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
5657 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
5658 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
5659 due to a closed lid.
5660
5661 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
5662 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
5663 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
5664 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
Kay Sievers4ef6e532014-03-11 20:41:12 +01005665 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005666 order to then act as suspend blocker.
5667
5668 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
5669 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
5670 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
5671 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
5672 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
5673
5674 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
5675 now also work in --scope mode.
5676
5677 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
5678 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
5679 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
5680 promises are made.)
5681
5682 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
5683 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
5684 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
5685 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5686 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
5687 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
5688 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
5689 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
5690 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
5691 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5692
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04005693 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005694
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005695CHANGES WITH 210:
5696
5697 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
5698 according to SMACK rules.
5699
Lennart Poettering67dd87c2014-02-25 02:36:12 +01005700 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005701 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
5702
5703 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
5704 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
5705 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
5706
5707 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
5708 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
5709 and machine ID.
5710
Kay Sieversed289052014-02-24 20:20:25 +01005711 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005712 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005713 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005714 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
5715 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
Kay Sieversed289052014-02-24 20:20:25 +01005716 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005717 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
Kay Sieversed289052014-02-24 20:20:25 +01005718 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005719 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
5720 backpack or similar.
5721
5722 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
5723 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
Lennart Poetteringd27893e2014-02-24 19:13:39 +01005724 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
Ansgar Burchardt949138c2014-02-25 10:53:49 +01005725 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005726 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
5727 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
5728 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
5729 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
5730 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
5731 this on its own.
5732
5733 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
5734 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
5735 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
5736 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
5737
5738 * We will now ship a default .network file for
5739 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
5740 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
5741 --network-bridge= switches.
5742
5743 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
5744 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
5745 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
5746 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
5747 metrics, according to what is customary according to
5748 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
5749 each configuration option.
5750
5751 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
Kay Sieversed289052014-02-24 20:20:25 +01005752 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005753 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005754 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005755 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
5756
5757 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
5758 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
5759 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
5760 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
5761 triggered by other work being done in the program.
5762
5763 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
5764 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
5765 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
5766 default however.
5767
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005768 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005769 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
5770 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005771 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005772 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
5773 them with systemd-networkd.
5774
Lennart Poetteringd27893e2014-02-24 19:13:39 +01005775 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
5776 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
5777 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005778 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
Lennart Poetteringd27893e2014-02-24 19:13:39 +01005779 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
5780 is drastically increased, but given that these are
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005781 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
Lennart Poetteringd27893e2014-02-24 19:13:39 +01005782 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
5783 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02005784 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
Kay Sieversed289052014-02-24 20:20:25 +01005785 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
Lennart Poetteringd27893e2014-02-24 19:13:39 +01005786 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
5787 during a transitional period!
5788
Lennart Poettering13b28d82014-03-12 16:39:21 +01005789 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005790 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
5791 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
5792 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
5793 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5794 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5795 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
5796 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5797
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04005798 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005799
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005800CHANGES WITH 209:
5801
5802 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
5803 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005804 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
5805 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
Jan Engelhardt4670e9d2014-02-18 05:10:48 +01005806 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005807 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
5808 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
Jan Engelhardt4670e9d2014-02-18 05:10:48 +01005809 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05005810 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
Jan Engelhardt4670e9d2014-02-18 05:10:48 +01005811 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05005812 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
5813 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005814
5815 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01005816 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005817 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
5818 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01005819 machines and the like.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005820
5821 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
5822 shutdown/boot.
5823
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005824 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
5825 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005826
5827 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
5828 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01005829 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005830 prepared for additional security frameworks.
5831
5832 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
5833 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005834 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01005835 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005836 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005837 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
5838
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekdfb08b02014-02-23 18:11:48 -05005839 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
5840 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
5841 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02005842 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekdfb08b02014-02-23 18:11:48 -05005843 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
5844 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
5845 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
5846 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02005847 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekdfb08b02014-02-23 18:11:48 -05005848
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005849 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01005850 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005851
5852 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
5853 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
5854 implementation.
5855
5856 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01005857 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005858 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
5859 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
5860 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
5861 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
5862 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
5863 and .service units.
5864
5865 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
5866 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
5867 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
5868
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005869 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005870 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05005871 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005872 nothing makes use of it.
5873
5874 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
5875 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
5876 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
5877
5878 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
5879 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
5880 compatibility purposes.
5881
5882 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
5883 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
5884 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
Kay Sieversb9761002014-02-18 03:06:15 +01005885 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005886 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
5887 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
5888 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
5889 process handling.
5890
5891 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
5892 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
5893 style to "sd-bus.h".
5894
Patrik Flykt7e95eda2014-02-18 16:30:09 +02005895 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
5896 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005897 "systemd-networkd".
5898
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01005899 * There is a new kernel command line option
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005900 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
5901 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
5902 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
5903 are not restored.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005904
5905 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
5906 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
5907 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
5908 PID1's support for that anymore.
5909
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005910 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005911 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
5912
5913 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
5914 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
5915 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
5916 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
5917 container that is registered with machined, such as those
5918 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
5919
5920 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01005921 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005922 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
5923 onto remote systems.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005924
5925 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
5926 login in any local container. This works with any container
5927 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01005928 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005929
5930 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
5931 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
5932 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
5933 system of some kind.
5934
5935 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
5936 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
5937 next.
5938
5939 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
5940 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
5941 reboot() system call.
5942
5943 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
5944 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005945 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005946 still available but not advertised anymore.
5947
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005948 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
5949 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
Kay Sieversb9761002014-02-18 03:06:15 +01005950 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005951 within each Unit.
5952
Lennart Poettering270f1622014-02-18 03:03:04 +01005953 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
5954 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01005955 the kernel).
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005956
Jan Engelhardt4670e9d2014-02-18 05:10:48 +01005957 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05005958 timestamps (following the setting in
5959 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005960
5961 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
5962 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
5963
5964 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
5965 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
5966
5967 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
5968 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
5969 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
5970
5971 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
5972 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05005973 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
5974 the full configuration is shown.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005975
5976 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
5977 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05005978 those commands which take multiple unit names.
5979
5980 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005981
5982 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
5983 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
5984
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01005985 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005986 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
5987 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
5988 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
5989
5990 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
5991 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
5992 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
5993 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
5994
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005995 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
5996 of the legend text.
5997
5998 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
5999 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
6000 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
6001 remote sessions.
6002
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01006003 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
6004 information of SDIO devices.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006005
6006 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
6007 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
6008 the system manager.
6009
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006010 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006011 short description of the connection parameters in the
6012 description.
6013
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006014 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006015 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
Jan Engelhardt4670e9d2014-02-18 05:10:48 +01006016 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006017 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
6018 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
6019 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
6020 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006021
Daniel Buchc0c5af02014-02-18 08:13:25 +01006022 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006023 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006024 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006025 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
6026 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
6027 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006028 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006029 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006030 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
6031
Lennart Poettering6300b3e2014-02-20 03:55:22 +01006032 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
6033 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
6034 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
6035 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006036 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
6037 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006038 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02006039 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
Lennart Poettering6300b3e2014-02-20 03:55:22 +01006040 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
6041 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
6042 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
6043 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
6044 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
6045 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
6046 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
6047 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
6048 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
6049 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
6050 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006051 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006052 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006053 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
6054 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
6055
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006056 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006057 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006058 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
6059 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
6060 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006061 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006062 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
6063 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006064 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006065 that you are aware of the instability of the current
Kay Sieversad42cf72014-02-18 03:19:57 +01006066 APIs.
6067
6068 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006069 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006070 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006071 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
6072 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
6073 declare the APIs stable.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006074
Lennart Poettering81c7dd82014-11-06 20:06:30 +01006075 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
Kay Sieversad42cf72014-02-18 03:19:57 +01006076 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006077 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
Kay Sieversad42cf72014-02-18 03:19:57 +01006078 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006079 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
Kay Sieversad42cf72014-02-18 03:19:57 +01006080 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
6081 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
6082 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
6083 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
6084 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
6085 one of them is updated.
6086
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006087 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006088 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006089 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
6090 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
6091 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
6092
6093 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
6094 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
6095 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006096 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006097 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006098 entry points.
6099
6100 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
6101 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
6102 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
6103 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006104 been disabled at compile-time.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006105
6106 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006107 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006108 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
6109 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
6110
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006111 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
6112 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
6113 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006114
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek000b1ba2018-01-20 14:04:17 +11006115 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006116 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
6117 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006118
6119 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
6120 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01006121 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006122
6123 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
6124 remains until jobs expire.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006125
6126 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006127 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006128 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01006129 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006130 all remaining processes of the service.
6131
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006132 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
6133 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006134 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
6135 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
6136 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006137 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006138 manager process which created them takes no further
6139 responsibilities for it.
6140
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006141 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006142 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
6143 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
6144 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
6145 marked executable or world-writable.
6146
6147 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006148 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006149 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
6150 "--setenv=" for consistency.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006151
6152 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
6153 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
Kay Sieversb9761002014-02-18 03:06:15 +01006154 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006155 independent of the host.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006156
6157 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
6158 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
Kay Sieversb9761002014-02-18 03:06:15 +01006159 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006160 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
6161
6162 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
6163 with specific SELinux labels set.
6164
6165 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
6166 any additional output but the container's own console
6167 output.
6168
6169 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
6170 container without PID namespacing enabled.
6171
6172 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006173 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01006174 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006175 OS images, but only specific apps.
6176
6177 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006178 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006179 results in registration of the unit service itself in
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006180 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006181
6182 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
6183 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006184 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006185 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
6186 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
6187 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006188
Lennart Poettering6afc95b2014-02-18 23:35:19 +01006189 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
6190 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
Jan Engelhardt70a44af2014-05-03 19:15:24 +02006191 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02006192 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
6193 units to use.
Lennart Poettering6afc95b2014-02-18 23:35:19 +01006194
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006195 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
6196 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
6197 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
6198 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
6199
6200 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
6201 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
6202 context for a service.
6203
6204 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
6205 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006206 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
6207 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006208 influence this logic.
6209
6210 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
6211 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
6212 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
6213 other things.
6214
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006215 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006216 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02006217 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
6218 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006219 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
6220 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
6221 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006222 architectures). There is also a global
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006223 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006224 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
6225
Kay Sievers210054d2014-02-21 18:11:47 +01006226 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
6227 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
6228
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006229 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
6230 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
6231 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
6232 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
6233 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
6234 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
6235 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
6236 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
6237 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6238 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
6239 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
6240 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
6241 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6242 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
6243 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
6244 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
6245 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
6246 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
6247 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
6248 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
6249 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6250 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
6251 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
6252 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6253
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04006254 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006255
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02006256CHANGES WITH 208:
6257
6258 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
6259 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
6260 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
6261 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
6262 access input and drm devices which are normally
6263 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
6264 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
6265 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
6266 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
6267 session switching without allowing background sessions to
6268 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
6269 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
6270 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
6271
6272 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
Ruben Kerkhof06b643e2014-08-30 17:13:16 +02006273 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02006274 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
6275
6276 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
6277 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
6278 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
6279 kernel version number.
6280
6281 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
6282 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02006283 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02006284
6285 * This release removes high-level support for the
6286 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
6287 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
6288 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02006289 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02006290
6291 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
6292 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
6293 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
Torstein Husebøcc98b302015-01-26 15:29:14 +01006294 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
6295 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02006296 cgroup system.
6297
6298 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
6299 messages containing the slice a message was generated
6300 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
6301 logs among other things.
6302
6303 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
6304 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
6305 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
6306 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
6307 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
6308 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
6309 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
6310 journald which would be necessary to resolve
6311 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
6312 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
6313 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
6314 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
6315 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
6316 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
6317 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
6318 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
6319 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
6320 not delayed until next reboot.
6321
6322 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
6323 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
6324 systemd generated files in one directory.
6325
6326 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
6327 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
6328 performance information if that's available to determine how
6329 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
6330 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
6331 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
6332
6333 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
6334 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
6335 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
6336 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6337 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
6338 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
6339 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6340
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04006341 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02006342
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006343CHANGES WITH 207:
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02006344
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006345 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
Kay Sieversf3a165b2013-09-13 02:24:57 +02006346 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006347 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
6348 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
6349
6350 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
6351 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
6352 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
6353 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
6354 specified on the kernel command line less important.
6355
6356 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
6357 retrieve the VT number of a session.
6358
6359 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
6360 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
6361 maximum number of tries.
6362
6363 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
6364 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
6365 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
6366
6367 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
6368 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
6369
6370 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
6371 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02006372 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006373
Kay Sieversf3a165b2013-09-13 02:24:57 +02006374 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
6375 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006376 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
6377
6378 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
6379 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
Lennart Poettering387abf82013-09-17 13:57:04 -05006380 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006381 and type).
6382
Kay Sieversf3a165b2013-09-13 02:24:57 +02006383 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006384 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
6385
6386 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
6387 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
Kay Sieversf3a165b2013-09-13 02:24:57 +02006388 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006389 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
6390
6391 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
6392 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
6393 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
6394 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
6395 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
6396 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
6397 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
6398 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
6399
6400 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
6401 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
6402 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
6403 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
6404
Lennart Poettering387abf82013-09-17 13:57:04 -05006405 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
6406 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
6407 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
6408 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
6409 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
6410 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
6411 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
Kay Sievers04bf3c12013-08-15 18:35:03 +02006412
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006413 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
6414 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
6415
6416 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
6417 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
6418 automatically after the process terminated.
6419
6420 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
6421 certain paths from operation.
6422
6423 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekf47ad592014-11-01 14:33:01 -04006424 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
6425 is received.
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006426
6427 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
6428 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
6429 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
6430 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
6431 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
6432 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
6433 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
6434 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
6435 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
6436 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
6437 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
6438 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
6439 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6440
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04006441 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006442
Kay Sievers04bf3c12013-08-15 18:35:03 +02006443CHANGES WITH 206:
6444
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02006445 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
6446 concepts introduced with 205.
6447
6448 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
6449 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
6450 -r".
6451
6452 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
6453 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
Maciej Wereski33b521b2013-07-22 11:02:50 +02006454 --state= parameter.
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02006455
6456 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
6457 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
6458 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
6459 the journal.
6460
6461 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
6462 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
6463 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
6464
6465 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
6466 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
6467 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
6468 browsing logs from that point on.
6469
6470 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
6471 of an FSS key.
6472
Lennart Poettering251cc812013-07-23 01:32:36 +02006473 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
6474 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
6475 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
6476 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
6477 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02006478 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
Lennart Poettering251cc812013-07-23 01:32:36 +02006479 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
6480 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
6481 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
6482 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
6483 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
6484 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
6485 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
6486 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
6487
6488 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
6489 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02006490 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
Lennart Poettering251cc812013-07-23 01:32:36 +02006491 backing module right-away.
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02006492
6493 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
6494 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
6495
6496 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
6497 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
6498
Lennart Poettering251cc812013-07-23 01:32:36 +02006499 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
6500 set of processes in the message metadata.
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02006501
6502 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
6503
6504 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
6505 support for passing performance data via environment
6506 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
6507 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
6508 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
6509 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
6510 deserialize it again.
6511
Kay Sievers28f5c772013-07-22 20:17:26 +02006512 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
6513 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
6514 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
6515 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02006516
Lennart Poettering251cc812013-07-23 01:32:36 +02006517 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
6518 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
6519 completely silent shutdown when used.
6520
6521 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
6522 option in .socket units.
6523
6524 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
6525 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
6526 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
6527 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
6528 system.slice as before.
6529
6530 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
6531
6532 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
6533 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
6534 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6535 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
6536 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
6537 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
6538 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6539
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04006540 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006541
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02006542CHANGES WITH 205:
6543
6544 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
6545
6546 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04006547 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02006548 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
6549 possible for system services and applications to group their
6550 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
6551 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
6552 together, or apply resource limits on them.
6553
6554 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
Torstein Husebøcc98b302015-01-26 15:29:14 +01006555 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02006556 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
6557 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
6558 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
6559
6560 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
6561 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
6562 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
6563 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
6564
6565 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
6566 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
6567 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
6568 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
6569 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
6570 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
6571 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
6572 and useful as a general batch manager.
6573
6574 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
6575 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
6576 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
6577 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
6578 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
6579 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
6580 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
6581 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
6582 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
6583 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
6584
6585 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
6586 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
6587 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
6588 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
6589 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
6590 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
6591 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
6592 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
6593 is compile-time optional.
6594
6595 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
6596 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
6597 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
6598 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
6599 well as slice units.
6600
6601 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
6602 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
6603 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
6604 but will be extended later on to make more properties
6605 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
6606 command that wraps this call.
6607
6608 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
6609 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
6610 while configuring a number of settings via the command
6611 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
6612 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
6613 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
6614 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
6615
6616 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
6617 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
6618 off audit.
6619
6620 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
6621 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
6622
6623 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1fda0ab2013-07-03 11:20:17 -04006624 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
6625 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
6626 and system logs.
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02006627
6628 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
6629 snippets extending unit files.
6630
6631 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
6632 not available as public API.
6633
6634 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04006635 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02006636 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
6637
6638 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
6639 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
6640 controls what to boot into by default.
6641
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1fda0ab2013-07-03 11:20:17 -04006642 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
6643 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
6644
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02006645 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
6646 generators needed for execution, as well as information
6647 about the unit file loading.
6648
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02006649 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
6650 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
6651 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
6652 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
6653 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
6654 racy due to journal file rotation.
6655
6656 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
6657 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
6658 all services.
6659
6660 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
6661 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
6662 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
6663 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
6664 system services want to log events about specific client
6665 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
6666 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
6667 unit is requested.
6668
6669 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
6670 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
6671 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
6672 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
6673 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
6674 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6675 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
6676 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
6677 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
6678 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
6679 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
6680 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
6681 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
6682
Lennart Poettering606c24e2013-05-09 15:45:50 +02006683CHANGES WITH 204:
6684
6685 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
6686 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
6687
6688 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
6689 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
6690 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
6691
6692 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
6693 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6694
Lennart Poettering2f3fcf82013-05-06 23:43:59 +02006695CHANGES WITH 203:
6696
6697 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
6698 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
6699
6700 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
6701 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
6702 fields, including the root directory.
6703
6704 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
6705 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
Lennart Poetteringb82eed92013-05-06 23:59:14 +02006706 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
Lennart Poettering2f3fcf82013-05-06 23:43:59 +02006707 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
6708 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
6709 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
6710 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
6711 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
6712 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
6713 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
6714 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
6715
6716 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
6717 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
6718
6719 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
6720 have taken an inhibitor lock.
6721
6722 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
6723 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
6724 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
6725 the local hostname.
6726
6727 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
6728 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
6729 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
6730 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
6731 VMs/containers coming and going.
6732
6733 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
6734 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
6735 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
6736
6737 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
6738 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
6739 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
6740 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
6741
6742 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
6743 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
6744 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
6745
6746 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
6747 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
6748 services. With the container's root directory in
6749 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
6750 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
6751
6752 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
6753 the processes within a certain container.
6754
6755 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
6756 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
6757 check though. Patches welcome!
6758
6759 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
6760 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
6761 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
6762 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
6763 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
6764
6765 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
6766 the passed argument if applicable.
6767
6768 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
6769 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6770 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
6771 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
6772 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
6773 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
6774 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6775 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6776
Lennart Poetteringef3b5242013-04-19 00:41:24 +02006777CHANGES WITH 202:
6778
6779 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
6780 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
6781 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
6782 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
6783 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
6784 units activate.
6785
6786 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
6787 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
6788 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
6789 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
6790 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
6791 for now, and not installable.
6792
6793 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
6794 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
6795 can run in conjunction with udev.
6796
6797 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
6798 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
6799 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
6800 session manager.
6801
6802 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
6803 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
6804 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
6805 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
6806 services, user processes and containers/virtual
6807 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
6808 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
Lennart Poettering7c04ad22013-04-19 01:11:38 +02006809 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
Lennart Poetteringef3b5242013-04-19 00:41:24 +02006810 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
6811 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
6812 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
6813
6814 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
6815
6816 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
6817 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
6818 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
6819 logical expressions.
6820
6821 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
6822 switches.
6823
6824 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
6825 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
Lennart Poettering7c04ad22013-04-19 01:11:38 +02006826 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
Lennart Poetteringef3b5242013-04-19 00:41:24 +02006827 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
6828 the user.
6829
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekcbeabcf2013-04-18 19:59:12 -04006830 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
6831 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
6832 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
6833 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
6834 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
6835 an entry.
6836
Lennart Poetteringef3b5242013-04-19 00:41:24 +02006837 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
6838 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6839 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
6840 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
6841 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
6842 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6843
Lennart Poetteringd3a86982013-04-08 22:24:19 +02006844CHANGES WITH 201:
6845
6846 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
6847 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
6848 directory.
6849
6850 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
6851 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
6852 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
6853 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
6854 problem.
6855
6856 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
6857 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
6858 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
6859 before the key file is attempted to be read.
6860
6861 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
6862 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
6863
6864 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
6865 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
6866 files in this context are files such as
6867 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
6868
6869 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
6870 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
6871 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
6872 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
6873 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
6874 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
6875
6876 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
6877 hostnames.
6878
6879 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
6880 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
6881 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
6882 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
6883 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
6884 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
6885 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
6886 all time-related output of systemd.
6887
6888 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
6889 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
6890 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
6891 loops.
6892
6893 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
6894 (models, layouts, variants, options).
6895
6896 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
6897 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02006898 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
Lennart Poetteringd3a86982013-04-08 22:24:19 +02006899 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
6900 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
6901
6902 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
6903 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
6904 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
6905 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
6906 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
6907 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
6908 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
6909
Lennart Poettering9ca3c172013-03-28 21:31:55 +01006910CHANGES WITH 200:
6911
6912 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
6913 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
6914 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
6915 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
6916 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
6917 middle ground between physical and access time order.
6918
6919 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
6920 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
6921 images.
6922
6923 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
6924 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
6925 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6926
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01006927CHANGES WITH 199:
6928
6929 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
6930
6931 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
6932 security policy.
6933
6934 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
6935 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
6936 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
6937 shared by all processes of a service (which means
6938 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
6939 the same service can still access). When a service is
6940 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeka87197f2013-03-26 11:56:01 -04006941 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01006942 this though).
6943
6944 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
6945 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
6946 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
6947 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
6948 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
6949 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
6950
6951 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeka87197f2013-03-26 11:56:01 -04006952 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01006953
6954 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
6955 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
6956
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01006957 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01006958
Kay Sieversc20d8292013-03-26 00:41:07 +01006959 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeka87197f2013-03-26 11:56:01 -04006960 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
6961 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
6962 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
6963 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01006964
6965 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
6966 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
6967 system is to be mounted.
6968
6969 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
6970 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
6971 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
6972 purpose for socket units.
6973
Lennart Poettering6a7d3d62013-03-25 23:48:08 +01006974 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
6975 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
6976
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeka87197f2013-03-26 11:56:01 -04006977 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
6978 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
Kay Sieversc20d8292013-03-26 00:41:07 +01006979 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
Anatol Pomozovab06eef2013-04-14 19:37:54 -07006980 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02006981 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
Kay Sieversc20d8292013-03-26 00:41:07 +01006982
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01006983 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
6984 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
6985 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
6986 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6987 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
6988 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
6989 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6990 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
6991 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6992
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01006993CHANGES WITH 198:
6994
6995 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
6996 files without having to edit/override the unit files
6997 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
6998 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
6999 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekad88e752013-03-09 18:55:31 -05007000 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007001 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
7002 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
7003 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01007004 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
7005 unit files locally: copying the files from
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007006 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
7007 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
7008 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
7009 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
Kay Sieversfd868972013-03-07 21:04:30 +01007010 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007011 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
7012 for them too.
7013
7014 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007015 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007016 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
7017 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
7018 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
7019 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
7020 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
Kay Sievers156f7d02013-03-07 21:07:52 +01007021 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
7022 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007023
7024 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
7025 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
7026
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01007027 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007028 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
7029 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
7030 other users.
7031
7032 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
7033 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
7034 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
7035 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
7036 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007037 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007038 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
7039 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007040 management logic is also available to other programs via the
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007041 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
7042 supported.
7043
7044 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007045 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
7046 the foreground VT.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007047
7048 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
7049 call.
7050
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007051 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
7052 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
7053 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007054 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
7055 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
7056 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007057 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
7058 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
7059 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
7060 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
7061 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
7062 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
7063 also been removed.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007064
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01007065 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007066 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007067 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
7068 objects themselves.
7069
7070 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
7071
7072 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
7073 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04007074 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007075 to how this is supported in shells.
7076
7077 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
7078 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
7079 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
7080 user systemd instance.
7081
7082 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
7083 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
7084 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
7085 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
7086 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
7087 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
7088 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
7089 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
7090 one day for good in the kernel.
7091
7092 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
7093 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
7094 container.
7095
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01007096 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007097 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007098 the host into the container.
7099
7100 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007101 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
7102 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
7103 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
7104 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
7105 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007106
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01007107 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007108
7109 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
7110 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007111 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
7112 configured to be mounted there.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007113
7114 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
7115 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
7116 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
7117 system resume events.
7118
7119 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
7120 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04007121 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01007122 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007123
7124 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
7125 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
7126 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
7127 card).
7128
7129 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
7130 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
7131 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
7132
Kay Sieversbf933562013-03-07 20:44:26 +01007133 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
7134 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
7135 later "change" event.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007136
7137 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
7138 now carry a message ID.
7139
7140 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
7141 continues to be work in progress.
7142
7143 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
7144 root directory to operate relative to.
7145
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01007146 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
7147 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007148 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
7149 times a little.
7150
7151 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
7152 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
7153 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
7154 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
7155 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
7156 request boot into firmware operations.
7157
7158 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
7159 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
7160 correctly in initrds.
7161
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02007162 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
7163 compile time optional via a configure switch.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007164
7165 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
7166 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
7167
7168 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
7169 the status of all active or failed units.
7170
7171 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
7172 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
7173 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007174 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007175 requests more robust.
7176
7177 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
7178 reading journal files.
7179
7180 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
7181 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
7182
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01007183 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007184
7185 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007186 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007187
7188 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
7189 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
7190 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
7191 socket activation in daemons.
7192
7193 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
7194 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
7195
Lennart Poettering43447fb2013-03-07 21:28:05 +01007196 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
7197 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
7198 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
7199
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007200 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04007201 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007202 system units.
7203
7204 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
7205 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
7206 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
7207
7208 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
7209 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
7210 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007211 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007212 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
7213 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
7214 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
7215 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
7216 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
7217 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
7218 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007219 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007220 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
7221 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
7222 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
7223 package installation time.
7224
7225 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
7226 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
7227 scripts need to create these system user/group at
7228 installation time.
7229
7230 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
7231 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
7232
7233 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
7234
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01007235 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
7236 available.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007237
Lennart Poettering1aed4592013-03-07 20:46:27 +01007238 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
7239 load SMACK policies at early boot.
7240
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007241 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
7242 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
7243 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
7244 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
7245 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7246 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
7247 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
7248 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
7249 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
7250 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
7251 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
7252 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7253 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
7254 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
7255
Lennart Poettering8ad26852013-01-08 02:27:22 +01007256CHANGES WITH 197:
7257
7258 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
7259 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
7260 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
7261 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
7262 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
7263 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
7264 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
7265 the supported calendar time specification language see
7266 systemd.time(7).
7267
7268 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
7269 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
7270 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
7271 document for details:
7272
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01007273 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
Lennart Poettering8ad26852013-01-08 02:27:22 +01007274
7275 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02007276 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
7277 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
Lennart Poettering8ad26852013-01-08 02:27:22 +01007278 implementations around and minimal in its code and
7279 dependencies.
7280
7281 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
7282 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
7283 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
7284 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
7285 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
7286 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
7287 with a configure switch.
7288
7289 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
7290 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
7291 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
7292 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
7293 such as ext4.
7294
7295 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
7296 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
7297 identities are attached to the devices as well.
7298
7299 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
7300 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
7301
7302 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
7303 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
7304 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
7305 using only core OS tools.
7306
7307 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
7308 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
7309 implementation of socket activated nspawn
7310 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
7311 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
7312 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
7313 eventually.
7314
7315 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
7316 presenting log data.
7317
7318 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02007319 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
Lennart Poettering8ad26852013-01-08 02:27:22 +01007320
7321 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
7322 system on idle.
7323
7324 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
7325 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
7326 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
7327 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
7328 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
7329 information if possible.
7330
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02007331 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
7332 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
7333 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
Lennart Poettering8ad26852013-01-08 02:27:22 +01007334
7335 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
7336 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
7337 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
7338 is running on battery power.
7339
7340 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
7341 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
7342 is in the "failed" state.
7343
7344 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
7345 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
7346 environment files at once.
7347
7348 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
7349 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
7350 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
7351 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
7352 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
7353 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
7354 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
7355 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
7356 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
7357 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
7358 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
7359 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
7360 pieces of code locally from the git history.
7361
7362 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
7363 log the unit name in the message meta data.
7364
7365 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
7366 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
7367
7368 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
7369 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
7370 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
7371 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02007372 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
7373 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
Lennart Poettering8ad26852013-01-08 02:27:22 +01007374 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
7375 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
7376 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
7377 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
7378 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
7379 shipped from us upstream.
7380
7381 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
7382 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
7383 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
7384 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
7385 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7386 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
7387 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
7388 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
7389 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
7390 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
7391 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
7392 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
7393 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7394
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01007395CHANGES WITH 196:
7396
7397 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
7398 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
7399 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
7400 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
7401 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
7402 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
7403 becoming the one central database for non-essential
7404 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
Lennart Poettering96ec33c2012-11-21 01:59:45 +01007405 database was only attached to select devices, since the
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01007406 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
Lennart Poettering96ec33c2012-11-21 01:59:45 +01007407 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
7408 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
7409 data for all devices where this is available, by
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01007410 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
7411 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
7412 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
7413 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
7414 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
7415 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
7416
7417 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
7418 indexed database to link up additional information with
7419 journal entries. For further details please check:
7420
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01007421 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01007422
7423 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
7424 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
7425 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
7426 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
7427 macro for this purpose.
7428
7429 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
7430 Python logging framework.
7431
7432 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
7433 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
7434 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
7435 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
Anatol Pomozovab06eef2013-04-14 19:37:54 -07007436 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01007437 time intervals.
7438
7439 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
7440 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
7441 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
7442
7443 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
7444 right-away on the selected coredump.
7445
7446 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
7447 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
7448 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
7449
7450 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
7451 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
7452 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
7453 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
7454
7455 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
7456 default.
7457
7458 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
7459 SMACK security label.
7460
7461 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
7462 daylight saving change.
7463
7464 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
7465 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
7466 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
7467 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
7468 distributions who still need support this to either continue
7469 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
7470 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
7471
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02007472 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
7473 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
7474 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
7475 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
7476 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
7477 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
7478 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01007479
7480 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
7481 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
7482
7483 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
7484 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
7485 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
7486 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
7487 offline updating tools.
7488
7489 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
7490 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
7491 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
7492 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
7493 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
7494 directories for packages to place various data files in.
7495
7496 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
7497 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
7498
7499 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
7500 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
7501 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
7502 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7503 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
7504 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
7505 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
7506 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
7507 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7508
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02007509CHANGES WITH 195:
7510
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek68271012012-10-29 09:52:31 +00007511 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02007512 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
7513 units via --unit=/-u.
7514
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek68271012012-10-29 09:52:31 +00007515 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02007516 right thing.
7517
7518 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
7519 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
7520 rotation.
7521
7522 * The journal will now index the available field values for
7523 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
7524 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
7525 completion of journalctl has been updated
7526 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
7527 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
7528
7529 * More service events are now written as structured messages
7530 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
7531
7532 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
7533 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
7534 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
7535 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
7536 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
7537 these settings from the command line now, especially since
7538 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
7539 completion.
7540
7541 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
7542 extract coredumps from the journal.
7543
7544 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
7545 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
7546 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
7547 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
7548 scratch their heads.
7549
7550 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
7551 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
7552
7553 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
7554 in immediate termination of systemd.
7555
7556 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
7557 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
7558
7559 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
7560 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
7561 mouse screen support has been added.
7562
7563 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
7564 Server-Sent-Events as output.
7565
Lennart Poettering1cb88f22012-10-23 17:13:01 +02007566 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02007567 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
7568 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
7569 "systemctl reload".
7570
Ben Boeckel15f47222012-10-27 03:08:56 -04007571 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02007572 -u" instead.
7573
7574 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
7575 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
7576 configured.
7577
7578 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
7579 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
7580
7581 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
7582 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
Lennart Poettering4d92e072012-10-23 02:03:10 +02007583 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
7584 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
7585 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
7586 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
7587 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02007588
Lennart Poetteringf9b55722012-10-03 14:32:29 -04007589CHANGES WITH 194:
7590
7591 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
7592 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
7593 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
7594 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
7595 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
7596 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
7597 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
7598 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
7599 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
7600 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
7601 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
7602 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
7603
7604 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
7605 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
7606 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7607
Lennart Poettering597c52c2012-09-28 01:34:38 +02007608CHANGES WITH 193:
7609
7610 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
7611 starting from the specified location in the journal.
7612
7613 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
7614 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
7615 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
7616
7617 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
7618 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
7619 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
7620 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
7621 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
7622 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
7623 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
7624
7625 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
7626 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
7627
7628 This will download the journal contents in a
7629 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
7630
7631 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
7632
7633 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
7634 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
7635 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
7636 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
7637 screenshot of this app in its current state:
7638
7639 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
7640
7641 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
7642 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
7643
Lennart Poettering075d4ec2012-09-25 22:23:57 +02007644CHANGES WITH 192:
7645
7646 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
7647 too.
7648
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02007649 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
Lennart Poettering075d4ec2012-09-25 22:23:57 +02007650 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
7651 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
Torstein Husebø61233822016-07-10 14:48:23 +02007652 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
Lennart Poettering075d4ec2012-09-25 22:23:57 +02007653 just start them.
7654
7655 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
7656 and line break accordingly.
7657
Lennart Poettering597c52c2012-09-28 01:34:38 +02007658 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7659 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
Lennart Poettering075d4ec2012-09-25 22:23:57 +02007660
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02007661CHANGES WITH 191:
7662
7663 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
7664 container environment, copying the host's timezone
7665 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
7666 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
7667 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
7668
7669 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
7670 will default to 10 if omitted.
7671
7672 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
7673 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
7674 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
7675 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
Lennart Poettering6563b532012-09-23 19:19:22 +02007676 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02007677
7678 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
7679 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
7680 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
7681 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
7682 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
7683 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
Lennart Poettering6563b532012-09-23 19:19:22 +02007684 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02007685
7686 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
7687 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
Lennart Poettering6563b532012-09-23 19:19:22 +02007688 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
Torstein Husebø45afd512015-05-26 19:17:30 +02007689 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02007690 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
7691 into two.
7692
Lennart Poettering597c52c2012-09-28 01:34:38 +02007693 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
7694 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02007695
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02007696CHANGES WITH 190:
7697
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02007698 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02007699 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
7700 "systemctl status".
7701
7702 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
7703 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
Lennart Poettering8d0256b2012-09-20 22:50:26 +02007704 system to another place in the same file system could not be
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02007705 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
7706 field.)
7707
7708 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
7709 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
7710 default.
7711
7712 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
7713 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
7714 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
7715 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
7716 in a container.
7717
7718 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
7719 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
7720 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
7721 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
7722 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
7723 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
7724
7725 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
7726 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
7727 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
7728 no-op.
7729
7730 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
7731 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
7732 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
7733 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
7734 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
7735
7736 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
7737 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
7738
7739 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
7740 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
7741 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
7742 command.
7743
7744 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
7745 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
7746 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
7747
7748 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
7749
7750 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
7751 multiple files at once.
7752
7753 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
7754 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
7755 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
7756 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
7757 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
7758 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
7759 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
7760
Lennart Poetteringa98d5d62012-09-20 19:12:23 +02007761 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
7762 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
7763 now support specifiers as well.
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02007764
7765 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
7766 dir: %_presetdir.
7767
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02007768 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
Jan Engelhardtdca348b2014-05-08 01:28:44 +02007769 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02007770
7771 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
7772 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
7773 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
7774 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
7775 anymore.
7776
Lennart Poetteringaaccc322012-09-20 19:58:31 +02007777 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02007778 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
7779 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
7780 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
7781
7782 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
7783 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
7784 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
7785
7786 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
7787 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
7788 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
7789 sockets.
7790
7791 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
7792 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
7793 is changed.
7794
7795 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
7796 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
7797 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
7798 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
7799 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
Veres Lajosf1317702014-12-29 09:45:58 +00007800 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02007801 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
7802
7803 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
7804
7805 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
7806 the unit file label and client process label into account.
7807
Lennart Poetteringaad803a2012-09-20 19:00:26 +02007808 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
7809 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
7810
7811 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
7812 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
7813 (%b).
7814
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02007815 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02007816 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
7817 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7818 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7819 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
7820 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
7821 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7822
Lennart Poettering38a60d72012-08-23 02:46:22 +02007823CHANGES WITH 189:
7824
7825 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
7826 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
7827
7828 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
7829 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
7830 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
7831 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
7832 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
7833 syslog daemons again.
7834
7835 * The libudev API gained the new
7836 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
7837
7838 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
7839 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
7840 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
7841 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
7842
7843 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
7844 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
7845 container.
7846
7847 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
7848 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
7849 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
7850 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
7851 this explaining it in more detail.
7852
7853 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
7854 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
7855 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
7856 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
7857
7858 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
7859 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
7860 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
7861 journal files.
7862
7863 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
7864 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
7865 as container init process a lot more fun.
7866
7867 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
7868 entries.
7869
7870 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
7871 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
7872 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
7873 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
7874 different sets of services.
7875
7876 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
7877 failure state.
7878
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02007879 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
Lennart Poettering38a60d72012-08-23 02:46:22 +02007880 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
7881 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7882
Lennart Poetteringc269cec2012-08-08 21:49:01 +02007883CHANGES WITH 188:
7884
7885 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
7886 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
7887 tree a lot more organized.
7888
7889 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
7890 may be used to group services in a natural way.
7891
7892 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
7893 services.
7894
7895 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
7896 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
7897 filtering by log level now.
7898
7899 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
7900 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
7901 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
7902
Anatol Pomozovab06eef2013-04-14 19:37:54 -07007903 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
Lennart Poetteringc269cec2012-08-08 21:49:01 +02007904 command lines involving service unit names.
7905
7906 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
7907 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
7908
7909 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
7910 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
7911 and encodes structured information about the error number.
7912
7913 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
7914 option.
7915
7916 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
7917 a shutdown is cancelled.
7918
7919 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
7920 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
7921 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
7922 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
7923 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
7924
7925 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
7926 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
7927 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
7928 for display managers instead.
7929
7930 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
7931 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
7932 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
7933 protection, and suchlike.
7934
7935 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
7936 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
7937 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
7938 the service.
7939
7940 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
7941 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
7942 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
7943 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
7944 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
7945 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7946
Lennart Poetteringc4f1b862012-07-20 00:38:02 +02007947CHANGES WITH 187:
7948
7949 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
7950 pages.
7951
7952 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
7953 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
7954 data loss.
7955
Lennart Poetteringc269cec2012-08-08 21:49:01 +02007956 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
Lennart Poetteringc4f1b862012-07-20 00:38:02 +02007957 option.
7958
7959 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
7960
7961 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
7962 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
7963
7964 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
7965 specific directory.
7966
7967 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
7968 messages of two different boots.
7969
7970 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
7971 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
7972 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
7973
7974 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
7975 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
7976 disjunctions.
7977
7978 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
7979 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
7980 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
7981
7982 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
7983 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
7984 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
7985
7986 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
7987 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
7988 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
7989 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
7990 speed things up a bit.
7991
7992 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
7993 header data of journal files.
7994
7995 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
7996 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
7997 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
7998
7999 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
8000 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
8001 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
8002 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
8003
8004 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
8005
8006 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
8007 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
8008 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
8009 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8010
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008011CHANGES WITH 186:
8012
8013 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
8014 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
8015 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
8016 prefixed with rd.
8017
8018 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
8019 automatically generated at boot. Use:
8020
8021 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
8022
8023 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
8024
Lennart Poetteringd1f9eda2012-07-02 14:33:04 +02008025 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008026
8027 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
8028 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
8029 as well.
8030
8031 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
8032 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
8033 in all appropriate directories automatically.
8034
8035 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
8036 does the right thing. Example:
8037
8038 udevadm info /dev/sda
8039 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
8040
8041 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
8042 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
8043 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
8044 running.
8045
8046 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
8047 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
8048
8049 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
8050 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
8051
8052 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
8053 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
8054 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
8055 files.
8056
8057 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
8058 be stopped that is not loaded.
8059
8060 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
8061
8062 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
8063
8064 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
8065 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
8066 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
8067 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
8068
8069 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
8070 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
8071 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
8072 completed initialization.
8073
8074 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
8075
8076 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
8077 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
8078 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
8079 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
8080 distributions.
8081
8082 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
8083 always valid when services log to the journal via
8084 STDOUT/STDERR.
8085
8086 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
8087 command line options we understand.
8088
8089 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
8090 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
8091
Kay Sievers91ac7422012-07-02 15:05:26 +02008092 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008093 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
8094
8095 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
8096 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
8097 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
8098 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
8099
8100 systemctl status /home
8101 systemctl status /dev/sda
8102
8103 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
8104 system.conf parsing.
8105
8106 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
8107 Manager object.
8108
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02008109 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008110
8111 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
8112
8113 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
8114 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
8115 complete.
8116
8117 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
8118 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
8119 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
8120 systemd-fsck@.service.
8121
8122 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
8123 Manager object.
8124
8125 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
8126 work sensibly.
8127
8128 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
8129 we actually understand.
8130
8131 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
8132 additional capabilities to the container.
8133
8134 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
Lennart Poettering5b00c012012-07-18 01:24:39 +02008135 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008136 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
8137
8138 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
8139 the current boot only.
8140
8141 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
8142 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
8143
8144 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
8145 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
8146 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
8147 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
8148 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
8149
Lennart Poetteringc4f1b862012-07-20 00:38:02 +02008150 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008151
Lennart Poettering2d938ac2012-07-03 16:27:59 +02008152 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
8153 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8154 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
8155 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008156
Kay Sievers2d197282012-06-04 20:15:16 +02008157CHANGES WITH 185:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008158
Kay Sievers2d197282012-06-04 20:15:16 +02008159 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
8160 available.
8161
8162 * Several new man pages have been added.
8163
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008164 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
8165 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
8166 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
8167 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
Kay Sievers2d197282012-06-04 20:15:16 +02008168
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008169 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
8170 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
Kay Sievers2d197282012-06-04 20:15:16 +02008171
8172 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
8173 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
8174 Matthias Clasen
8175
Lennart Poettering4c8cd172012-05-31 01:58:01 +02008176CHANGES WITH 184:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008177
Lennart Poettering4c8cd172012-05-31 01:58:01 +02008178 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
8179 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
8180
8181 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
8182 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
8183 daemon.
8184
8185 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
8186 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
8187
8188 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
8189 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
8190 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
8191 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
8192
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008193CHANGES WITH 183:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008194
Lennart Poettering187076d2012-05-24 16:41:08 +02008195 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
8196 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
8197 and systemd's most recent version number.
8198
Kay Sievers194bbe32012-04-15 02:35:31 +02008199 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
8200 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
8201 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
8202 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
8203 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008204 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
Kay Sievers07cd4fc2012-04-08 16:50:16 +02008205
Tollef Fog Heen91cf7e52012-04-17 09:47:23 +02008206 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
Kay Sieversf13b3882012-04-16 23:32:22 +02008207 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
8208 subsystems.
Kay Sievers64661ee2012-04-06 19:52:49 +02008209
Kay Sievers2d13da82012-04-09 20:45:45 +02008210 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
8211 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
8212 used to subscribe to events.
8213
Kay Sievers194bbe32012-04-15 02:35:31 +02008214 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
8215 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
8216 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
8217 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008218 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
Kay Sievers194bbe32012-04-15 02:35:31 +02008219 forked by udev rules.
8220
Kay Sieversf13b3882012-04-16 23:32:22 +02008221 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
8222 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
8223 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
8224 it.
8225
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008226 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
Kay Sieversc1959562012-05-15 23:44:28 +02008227 udev_monitor_from_socket()
8228 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
8229 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008230 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
Kay Sieversc1959562012-05-15 23:44:28 +02008231
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008232 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
Lennart Poettering9ae9afc2012-05-24 16:52:12 +02008233 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
Kay Sievers18b754d2012-03-30 23:18:33 +02008234
8235 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
8236 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
8237 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
8238 the files to the new names on upgrade.
8239
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008240 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
8241 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
8242 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
8243 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
8244 to be used as drop-in files.
8245
8246 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
Ville Skyttä49f43d52012-07-15 11:41:40 +03008247 particular suspending and hibernating.
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008248
8249 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
8250 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
8251 about this in more detail.
8252
8253 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02008254 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008255 places). Distributions which have not converted these
8256 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
8257 from git history and add them downstream.
8258
8259 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
8260 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
Lennart Poettering39432312012-05-24 16:53:31 +02008261 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008262 units.
8263
8264 * All smaller setup units (such as
8265 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
8266 are run in a container and are skipped when
8267 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
8268 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
8269
8270 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
8271 integrated, for details see:
AsciiWolfc6749ba2017-02-21 18:26:23 +01008272 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008273
8274 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
8275 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
8276 messages.
8277
Lennart Poettering439d6df2012-05-24 17:03:52 +02008278 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
8279 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008280 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
8281 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
8282 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
8283
8284 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
8285 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
8286 for all units started by PID 1.
8287
8288 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
8289 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
8290 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
8291
Lennart Poettering39432312012-05-24 16:53:31 +02008292 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
8293 of PID 1 anymore.
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008294
8295 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
8296 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02008297 have not been read by systemd yet.
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008298
8299 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
8300 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
8301 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
8302 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
8303 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
8304 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
8305
8306 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
8307 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
8308
8309 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
8310
8311 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
8312 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
8313 so sexy.
8314
8315 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
8316 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
8317 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
8318 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
8319 patterns.
8320
8321 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
8322 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
8323 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
8324 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
8325
8326 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
8327 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
8328
8329 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
8330 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
8331 in systemd now.
8332
8333 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
8334 ID on the command line.
8335
Lennart Poetteringf8c0a2c2012-05-24 17:06:03 +02008336 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008337 for an init system.
8338
8339 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
8340 vt100.
8341
8342 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
8343
8344 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
Lennart Poettering39432312012-05-24 16:53:31 +02008345 components now have directories of their own.
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008346
8347 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
8348
8349 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
8350 container in other hierarchies.
8351
8352 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
8353 system.conf.
8354
8355 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
8356
8357 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
8358 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
8359
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02008360 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008361 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
8362
8363 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
8364 locally generated journal files.
8365
8366 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
8367
8368 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
8369
Lennart Poettering79849bf2012-05-24 18:15:35 +02008370 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
8371 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
8372 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
8373 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
8374 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
8375 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
8376 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8377 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
8378 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
8379 Gundersen
8380
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01008381CHANGES WITH 44:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008382
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01008383 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8384
8385 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
8386 KVM or container configured UUID.
8387
8388 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
8389
8390 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
8391
Anatol Pomozovab06eef2013-04-14 19:37:54 -07008392 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01008393 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
8394
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02008395 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01008396
8397 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
8398 folks
8399
8400 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02008401 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01008402 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
8403
8404 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
8405 configuration
8406
8407 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
8408 free fashion
8409
8410 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
8411 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02008412 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01008413 automatically generated data.
8414
8415 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
8416 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
8417 however.
8418
8419 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
8420 tarball.
8421
8422 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
8423 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
8424 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
8425 Reding
8426
Lennart Poettering437b7de2012-02-15 05:00:27 +01008427CHANGES WITH 43:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008428
Lennart Poettering437b7de2012-02-15 05:00:27 +01008429 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8430
8431 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
8432
8433 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
8434
Torstein Husebø45afd512015-05-26 19:17:30 +02008435 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
Lennart Poettering437b7de2012-02-15 05:00:27 +01008436 normal user logins.
8437
8438 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
8439 Biebl
8440
Lennart Poettering204fa332012-02-11 01:52:18 +01008441CHANGES WITH 42:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008442
Lennart Poettering204fa332012-02-11 01:52:18 +01008443 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
8444
8445 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
8446 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
8447 xsltproc.
8448
8449 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
8450 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
8451 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
8452
8453 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
8454 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
8455 reboot can automatically be triggered.
8456
8457 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
8458
8459 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
8460 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8461 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
8462
Kay Sieverse0d25322012-02-08 00:08:10 +01008463CHANGES WITH 41:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008464
Kay Sieverse0d25322012-02-08 00:08:10 +01008465 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
8466 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
8467 package update.
8468
Lennart Poetteringb13df962012-02-09 01:06:07 +01008469 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
8470 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
8471 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
8472
8473 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
8474 complete.
8475
8476 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
8477 understood to set system wide environment variables
8478 dynamically at boot.
8479
Jason St. Johne9c1ea92013-07-02 13:24:48 +02008480 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
Lennart Poetteringccd07a02012-02-09 02:06:13 +01008481
Lennart Poettering353e12c2012-02-09 03:18:04 +01008482 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
8483 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
8484 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
8485 files.
8486
Lennart Poetteringb13df962012-02-09 01:06:07 +01008487 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8488 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
8489 William Douglas
8490
Lennart Poetteringd26e4272012-02-07 03:38:23 +01008491CHANGES WITH 40:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008492
Lennart Poetteringd26e4272012-02-07 03:38:23 +01008493 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8494
8495 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
8496 "Result" D-Bus property.
8497
8498 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
8499 the next few releases.)
8500
8501 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
8502 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
8503 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
8504 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
8505
Lennart Poetteringb13df962012-02-09 01:06:07 +01008506 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
8507 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
8508 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
8509
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008510CHANGES WITH 39:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008511
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008512 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
8513 bugfixes.
8514
8515 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
8516 resource usage.
8517
8518 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
8519 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
8520 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
8521 journals by the respective users.
8522
8523 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
8524 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
8525 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
8526
8527 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
8528 client for all entries.
8529
8530 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
8531
8532 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
8533 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
8534
8535 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
8536 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
8537 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
8538 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
8539
8540 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
8541 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
8542 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
8543
8544 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
8545 journal along with meta data.
8546
8547 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
8548 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
8549 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
8550
8551 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
8552 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01008553 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008554
8555 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
8556
8557 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
8558 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
8559 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
8560 or fsck.
8561
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02008562 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008563 requested with new -k switch.
8564
8565 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8566 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
8567
8568CHANGES WITH 38:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008569
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008570 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
8571 bugfixes.
8572
8573 * The git repository moved to:
8574 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
8575 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
8576
8577 * First release with the journal
8578 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
8579
8580 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
8581 systemd-stdout-bridge.
8582
8583 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
8584
8585 * Many systemadm clean-ups
8586
8587 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
8588 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
8589 remote mounts.
8590
8591 * Added Mageia support
8592
8593 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
8594
8595 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
8596 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
8597 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
8598 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
8599 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
8600
8601 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
8602 of existing distributions.
8603
8604 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
8605 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
8606
8607 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
8608 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
8609 boot.
8610
8611 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
8612
8613 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
8614 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
8615 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
8616 among other things.
8617
8618 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
8619 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
8620
8621 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
8622
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02008623 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008624 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
8625 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
8626
8627 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
8628 restored.
8629
8630 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
8631 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
8632 kmod
8633
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02008634 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008635 of /usr/local by default.
8636
8637 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
8638 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
8639 in:
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01008640 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008641
8642 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
8643 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
8644 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
8645 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
8646 supported anyway, and bad style).
8647
8648 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
8649 reloading of units together.
8650
Lennart Poettering4c8cd172012-05-31 01:58:01 +02008651 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008652 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
8653 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
8654 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
8655 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek